549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2023-12-31 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2023-12-31 tek:ShareCapitalAndSharePremiumMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 tek:ShareCapitalAndSharePremiumMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-12-31 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2024-12-31 tek:ShareCapitalAndSharePremiumMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-01-01 2025-12-31 tek:ShareCapitalAndSharePremiumMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-12-31 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-12-31 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 549300B8BGP6YLHH0K80 2025-12-31 tek:ShareCapitalAndSharePremiumMemberiso4217:CAD iso4217:CADxbrli:shares
Annual Report one particle at a time... #InvestinTekna 2025 January 1—December 31 Tekna Holding ASA
CONTENTS | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Contents | 2 Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Corporate Governance Introduction Financials Performance VISION Advancing the world with sustainable material solutions, one particle at a time… In a rapidly changing world, a company needs to anchor itself in sustainable values, and a vision and mission to keep it moving forward. It takes ambition as well as patience and persistence to advance the world sustainably and we are determined. We believe advances can be made even in small steps, one particle at a time. MISSION To be the ultimate partner ...for our customers, our employees, our investors We achieve this by leveraging our talented people, our innovations and manufacturing excellence to provide our business partners with plasma technology and material solutions that drive their success, today and tomorrow. Photo credit: Microsoft
CONTENTS | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Contents | 3 Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Corporate Governance Introduction Financials Performance Contents About Tekna ............................... 5 A message from the Group CEO .............................. 6 Key figures at a glance ............... 8 Highlights and important milestones in 2025...................... 9 Sustainability indicators ............ 10 Shareholder Information............ 11 Business and Location.............. 13 Analysis of the development and performance of the undertaking’s business and its position Market sectors ......................... 13 Important events in 2025 .......... 14 Financial review ........................ 15 Research and development ...... 15 The undertakings likely future developments Subsequent events, Going concern and Outlook ................ 16 Description of the principal risks and uncertainties Risk factors and risk management ............................ 17 Sustainability Environment ............................. 17 Social ...................................... 18 Governance ............................ 19 Statement from the Board of Directors .................... 20 Introduction Board of Directors’ Report Appendix Further resources Presentation of the groups profile and activities. Other available reporting • Remuneration report Tip If you want to return to this index page, click this icon on the top left corner. I. Organization chart, shareholders, entities ..........106 II. Alternative Performance Measures...........................107 III. Carbon Accounting ............ 109 IV. EU Taxonomy Report......... 119 V. Human Rights and Transparency Report ........ 128 VI. Abbreviations ESG .............134 Contact information................ 135 Corporate Governance Report Financial index .......................... 22 Consolidated Income statement ..................... 23 Other comprehensive Income ...... 23 Balance sheet ........................... 24 Changes in equity ..................... 25 Cash flow .................................. 26 Notes ...................................27-48 Parent company Income statement ..................... 49 Other comprehensive Income ...... 49 Balance sheet ........................... 50 Changes in equity ..................... 51 Cash flow .................................. 52 Notes ..................................53-60 ....... 61 Governance and Risk management ...........................65 Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team ......66 Implementation and reporting on corporate governance ...............68 The business .............................68 Equity and dividends .................69 Equal treatment of shareholders and transactions with close associates ................................69 Shares and negotiability ............69 General meetings ......................69 The nomination committee ........70 Board of Directors: composition and independence.....................70 Work of the Board of Directors...70 Risk Management and Internal Control ......................................71 Board remuneration ..................71 Remuneration for executive personnel ..................................71 Information and communication .71 Take-over situations ..................71 Auditor ......................................72 General disclosures ................. 74 Basis for preparation............. 74 Sustainability governance ..... 75 Strategy, business model and value chain .................... 76 Material impacts, risks and opportunities ........................ 78 Index of Material disclosures . 80 Environment ............................ 81 Climate Change.................... 81 Carbon Footprint .................. 82 Resource use and circular economy .............................. 85 EU taxonomy ....................... 87 Social ..................................... 92 Own workforce ..................... 93 Workers in the value chain .... 98 Human Rights and Transparency ...................... 99 Governance .......................... 102 Business conduct .............. 103 Cyber security ................... 104 Financial Statements Auditors Report Sustainability Report Go to Investors Go to Tekna.com
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 4 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents About Tekna About Tekna............................... 5 A message from the Group CEO ............................... 6 Key figures at a glance ............... 8 Highlights and important milestones in 2025 ..................... 9 Sustainability indicators ............ 10 Shareholder Information ........... 11 Introduction
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 5 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents Tekna is a world-leading provider of sustainable, advanced material solutions. The group specializes in the development, manufacturing and sales of advanced metal powders as well as plasma processing solutions. Since we started in 1990, Tekna has developed a unique and proprietary Inductively Coupled plasma technology (“ICP”) plat- form for manufacturing micron-sized and nano-sized powders for a range of industries. Our business model relies on two revenue streams, both with synergistic effects: • Plasma systems: development, manufacturing and sales of sophisticated systems for research and development, includ- ing the PlasmaSonic systems for hypersonic test facilities • Materials: development, manufacturing and sales of metal powders by ICP for the additive manufacturing industry Tekna is developing in major market verticals thriving on global mega trends such as space exploration, increasing defense spending, technology development in aviation, digitalization, Tekna is headquartered in Québec, Canada, and has additional offices in France, China, USA, and seven distributors operating globally (Europe, Asia and North America). Systems for research and development The Systems business area acts as the technology hub of the corporation and has generated derivative opportunities, such as the Materials business, and the newly launched PlasmaSonic product line. The flagship product line, PlasmaSonic, is a wind tunnel engineered to replicate the extreme heat, pressure, and speed conditions of hypersonic flight, enabling our customers to devel- op innovative materials for use in space vehicles. Materials for additive manufacturing Tekna specializes in high quality micron-sized, spherical, high- purity metal powders. Its portfolio includes titanium, aluminum, tungsten and tantalum. Currently our fastest growing business area. This global market is on track to outperform, in terms of growth, traditional machining due to improved environmental efficiency, for in- stance through resource efficiency and speed of availability of parts. ABOUT TEKNA Advancing materials. Empowering Innovation. INTRODUCTION
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 6 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents 2025 was a transformational year for Tekna—marked by significant commercial and operational progress, strengthened financial performance and foundations, and better strategic clarity for the years ahead. Despite a macro economic environment characterized by geopolitical uncertainty, Tekna delivered several record achievements and reached a profitability inflection point, positioning us strongly for the future. Message from Claude Jean, Group CEO Technologies—supporting the production of more than 50 000 satellite components—is just one example of how Tekna is becoming an integral part of strategic supply chains in high-growth sectors. Tekna also became the first company in the world to receive NADCAP accreditation [1] for metallic powder manufacturing, an achievement that further solidifies our position as a global benchmark in powder quality and reliability. Systems revenues were CAD 7.8 million, reflect- ing low orders and the cyclical nature of this business. However, the pipeline is maturing, with several orders expected in the first half of 2026. Refer to end of letter for notes. Dear partners, Dear shareholders, customers and employees, Developments in business areas Our Materials business continues to be the engine of Tekna’s value creation. It delivered record revenues of CAD 27.8 million and contri- bution margin of 53.2%. This performance was driven by a favorable product mix, higher selling prices for small and large powders, cost structure improvements and disciplined execution. The strong revenues were supported by an all-time high order intake of CAD 33.9 million. The aver- age revenue per Materials customer reached a new high of CAD 170 000, illustrating the matura- tion of customer applications and repeat order (“A&D”) and medical sectors. Our recently announced long-term partnership with Burloak CEO LETTER Tekna enters the next phase with a clear roadmap and a company culture committed to operational excellence, quality control, and customer success. Our baseline ambition is to deliver double-digit annual revenue growth and gradual expansion toward 15%–20% EBITDA margin by 2030. Claude Jean Chief Executive Officer Tekna Holding ASA
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 7 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents Structural improvements Across the organization, we executed significant structural improvements. From year-end 2023 to the end of 2025, we reduced total headcount by 29%— from 222 to 158 employees, generating annualized direct and indirect salary savings of CAD 7.0 million. These actions were demanding to execute but essen- tial. They have made Tekna leaner, more agile, and well positioned for profitable growth. As a result, we achieved positive EBITDA in Q3 and Q4, culminating in an adjusted EBITDA in 2025 of CAD -1.4 million (-6.9), a significant improvement over previous years. Tekna secured an agreement with Scotiabank provid- ing a total of CAD 10.5 million of credit facilities. We also completed a fully underwritten rights issue, strengthening our balance sheet and ensuring we are fully funded to execute on our business plan. This robust liquidity secures flexibility to deliver on our long -term strategy and capture growth across our core markets. Macro challenges Entering 2025, tariff uncertainty created hesitation in our markets. However, Tekna’s products were ulti- mately confirmed to be exempt under the USMCA framework [2] , allowing us to maintain market momentum. While new tariffs and geopolitical tensions continue to introduce short-term challenges, we firmly believe that they ultimately will reinforce the broader trend The unit economics in Systems remain attractive, and we continue to see upside potential as new applica- tions adopt plasma-based technologies. Furthermore, this business area plays a strategic role in enabling Tekna’s material business’ long-term innovation and customer engagement. toward reshoring, supply-chain security, and domes- tic manufacturing—all of which support long-term demand for additive manufacturing and Tekna’s advanced materials. Desired positions Since joining Tekna in April 2025, I have focused on clarifying our strategic direction and defining Tekna’s desired position across both business areas. Our ambition is to maintain and reinforce our best-in-class global position in metallic powders for additive manu- facturing, with a focus on high value applications in aerospace, defense and medical markets in North America and Europe. With manufacturing operations in Canada and a cur- rently idle site in France [3] , Tekna is uniquely posi- tioned to benefit from increased A&D budgets, reshoring and resilience efforts, and the accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing. We will continue to selectively expand our portfolio of alloys within our core business and advance our nano powder devel- opments in partnership with prospective customers. In Systems, our objective is to enhance commercial focus and penetrate new verticals where our plasma technologies have significant long-term potential. We see strong opportunities in material development and production as well as PlasmaSonic wind tunnel applications. We are ready Looking ahead, Tekna enters the next phase of its journey with a clear roadmap and a company culture committed to operational excellence, quality control, and customer success. Our baseline ambition is to deliver double-digit annual revenue growth and grad- ual improvement of EBITDA margin towards 15%– 20% by 2030. The achievements of 2025 would not have been possible without the passion, expertise, and dedica- tion of our employees, the trust of our customers, and the support of our shareholders. Together, we have laid the groundwork for a new chapter in Tekna’s evolution— defined by profitable growth, technologi- cal leadership, and long-term value creation. Thank you for your continued confidence in Tekna. Sincerely, [1] National Aerospace and Defense Contractors Accreditation Program (NADCAP) is an industry-managed global cooperative program, which standardizes audits and accreditation of “critical processes” to ensure suppliers meet the stringent technical and quality requirements demanded by aerospace and defense OEMs. [2] USMCA is a free trade agreement among the United States, Mexico, and Canada, in effect from July 1, 2020. [3] Manufacturing in France is idle at present. Claude
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 8 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents [1] Includes after service and spare parts. [2] OEM stands for Original Equipment Manufacturer. [3] Academic, Industrial Research and Distributors Key figures at a glance in CAD million 2025 2024 2023 Revenues 35.6 37.2 40.9 Adjusted EBITDA -1.4 -6.9 -4.1 EBITDA -3.1 -4.0 -8.2 Net profit / loss -11.0 -11.1 -15.0 Cash balance 17.4 12.4 10.1 Employees 158 185 222 Revenue distribution - by business area - by geography North America 56% Europe 28% Asia | Rest of world 16% Revenues 35.6 M CAD vs 37.2 M CAD in 2024. Materials (+4.9%) Systems (-27%) vs 16.7 M CAD in 2024. Materials (+45.7%) Systems (-35%) Adj. EBITDA -1.4 M CAD vs –6.9 M CAD in 2024. Tekna maintained a strong focus on operational discipline, profitability and cash flow Aerospace | Defense 51% Medical 11% Consumer Electronics 7% - by industry Other [3] 23% 3D Machine OEM [2] 7% Order backlog 20.5 M CAD 2025 Systems [1] 22% Materials 78%
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 9 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents Highlights and important milestones in the year [1] Mr. Jean took over from Luc Dionne in April. Tekna secured an agreement with Scotiabank providing a total of CAD 10.5m of credit facilities. Tekna continued to execute on its comprehensive profitability program. Efforts focused on simplifying the organization, creating a leaner operation (185 to 158 FTE), reducing operating cost and further improving cash flow. Many of the cost reductions executed since 2024 are permanent and will have recurring effect. A Tekna subsidiary became the world’s first accredited metallic powder manufacturer, representing an important quality acknowledgement in the aerospace industry. Tekna completed a Rights Issue of NOK 300m (CAD 41m). CAD 29m of the proceeds were used to repay the AFK shareholder loan, including interest. In the first quarter, Tekna received three orders valued at CAD 5.2m for titanium powder used in metal injection molding (MIM). Tekna completed the year with an order intake of CAD 33.9m (23.5), an increase of 44.4%. Systems order intake remained low, affected by the uncertainty caused by the tariffs. Order intake picked up slightly in Q4. Tekna entered a strategic partnership with Burloak Technologies, Canada’s leading additive manufacturing company, to supply materials for the production of 50 000 satellite components destined to MDA’s Aurora TM program. [1] Read more on all of these highlights in the Board of Directors’ report . Go to Board of Directors’ report 2025 New CEO Claude Jean Record order intake Materials Scotiabank financing agreement 100% underwritten Rights Issue Improved cost position Partnering for satellite components NADCAP certification Systems remained slow
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 10 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents FY25: 15.1 kWh/kg FY19: 16.3 kWh/kg FY24: 12.1 kWh/kg SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Carbon-neutral in own operations by 2035. Sustainability indicators at a glance [1] 543 tCO2e vs 577 in 2021 vs 288 by 2030 (target) 30 898 tCO2e vs 41 957 (-26%) in 2024. For scope 3 targets go to page 84 10 tCO2e vs 42 (-76%) in 2021 vs 21 by 2030 (target—achieved) Greenhouse Gas emissions [2] Scope 1 - 6 % +8 pp 73% vs 66% in 2021 vs 100% by 2035 (Location based) Scope 2 -76 % Scope 3 -26 % Energy Intensity per kg metal powder produced [3] baseline -7% -26% The target for 2030 is 10 kWh/kg. Protecting workers, own and supply chain. Diverse leadership. Renewable energy share [2] 30-50 years under 30 51% 34% 15% 72% 28% male Read more on Sustainability GOVERNANCE [1] Historical data should not change, but we always revise historical figures if data quality or science has improved. [2] Performance vs baseline as indicated. [3] Performance vs baseline FY19; Direct electricity of plasma systems within Tekna, Ti64 and AlSiMg, in kWh per kg. Impeccable business conduct. Secure systems. Ethics & Compliance Code of Conduct signature 100% Code of Conduct training 98% Signature of Code of Conduct by high-risk partners 100% Compliance incidents detected 0 Cyber security Successful cyber attacks 0 Internal training 100% over 2025 ESG Health & Safety Fatalities 0 Lost time injuries | LTIFR 1 | 3.4 Employees sick leave rate 3.7 % Human Resources (158) Voluntary turnover rate 15.7 % Age distribution all employees Gender diversity all employees female
Introduction INTRODUCTION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 11 Performance Financials Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Corporate Governance Contents Tekna Holding ("Company") aims to be an attractive investment for shareholders, delivering a competitive return on invest- ment through developing strong positions in high-growth verticals representing opportunities for high profitability going forward. The Company's share capital as of 31 December 2025 was NOK 261 581 568 divided into 227 462 233 shares, each with a nominal value of NOK 1.15. The Company's shares are registered in book-entry form with the Norwegian Central Securities Depository under ISIN NO 0010951577. The account operator of the Company's share register is DNB Bank ASA. The Tekna share was listed on Oslo Børs, the main list at the Oslo Stock Exchange, on 1 July 2022. Rights Issue Q4 2025 In the fourth quarter, Tekna completed its refinancing plan with a rights issue of NOK 300 million (CAD 41 million). Net proceeds from the equity raise were CAD 40 million, after deducting about CAD 1 million in costs. CAD 29 million of the proceeds were used to repay the sharehold- er loan to Arendals Fossekompani ASA (“AFK”), including interest. The balance sheet was strengthened year-over-year as the Equity ratio rose to 77% from 36%, the net debt improved from CAD 19.6 million to net cash of CAD 11.8 million. The cash position at year-end was CAD 17.4 million, up CAD 10.2 million from the previous quarter. Shareholder structure As of 31 December 2025, Tekna had 4 115 sharehold- ers, down from 4 211 at the end of 2024. AFK remained the Company’s largest shareholder, owning 72.4 percent of the shares. No other shareholder held more than five percent, while four shareholders held more than two per- cent. Share price and market valuation On 31 December 2025, the closing share price was NOK 3.15 per share, corresponding to a market capitalization of NOK 0.7 billion. The year-end closing price on 31 December 2024 was NOK 3.25. Option schemes In 2024, the board of directors of Tekna Holding ASA (the "Company") resolved and implemented an employee share option plan (the "Plan") with annual grants for 2024 (completed), 2025 (completed) and 2026 (projected). The Plan is available to eligible individuals as determined by the board of directors. The Plan enables the eligible person to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company and to enhance the ability of the Company to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals. Options can be granted on an annual or ad hoc basis, all subject to the board's discretion. Upon exercising their options, option holders can choose be- tween acquiring shares after paying the strike price or opting for a cashless transaction. The latter involves the transfer of a number of treasury shares equivalent to the NOK amount of the number of exercised options, multi- plied by the difference between the Company's shares' market price and the strike price. On 21 November 2025, the board of directors has grant- ed a total of 3 410 000 options in the 2025 allocation round. These options have a strike price of NOK 3.25. Issued options vest 1/3 after one year, 1/3 after two years, and 1/3 after three years. The expiry date for any option granted is the date falling 24 months following the vesting date. Link to the 2025 Remuneration Report. Current Authorizations During the 2025 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) the Board of Directors of the Company received the authori- zation to increase the share capital and to acquire shares of the company. The authorizations remain in force until the AGM of 2026, but in no event later than 30 June 2026. Link to AGM minutes: www.tekna.com/investors Investor Relations Tekna wishes to maintain open communications with its shareholders and other stakeholders. Shareholders and stakeholders are kept informed by announcements to the Oslo stock exchange and press releases. Please refer to the investor relations section of the Tekna website for further information, including contact details: www.tekna.com/investors or contact [email protected]. Upcoming events 7 May 2026 Annual General Meeting 7 May 2026 Interim Report for Q1 2026 AGM Minutes Email Investor Relations Shareholder information 31.12.2025
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 12 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Board of Directors’ Report Board of Directors’ report 2025 Business and Location.............. 13 Analysis of the development and performance of the undertaking’s business and its position Market sectors ......................... 13 Important events in 2025 .......... 14 Financial review ........................ 15 Research and development ...... 15 The undertakings likely future developments Subsequent events, Going concern and Outlook ................ 16 Description of the principal risks and uncertainties Risk factors and risk management ............................ 17 Sustainability Environment ............................. 17 Social ....................................... 18 Governance ............................. 19 Statement from the Board of Directors .................... 20
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 13 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Board of Directors’ Report 2025 [1] The macro-economic environment in 2025 remained demanding, characterized by tariffs, moderate and uneven growth, easing inflation and gradually declining interest rates. Market conditions continued to impact investment appetite across most customer segments. Navigating this environment, Tekna Group (“Tekna” or “Group”) maintained a strong focus on operational discipline, profitability and cash flow, while prioritising core growth initiatives. Revenues amounted to CAD 35.6 million (37.2), reflecting gradual recovery in Materials and continued slowdown in Systems. Order intake and backlog developed to CAD 39.4 million (29.1) and CAD 20.5 million (16.7) respectively at year-end. Adjusted EBITDA improved to negative CAD 1.4 million (negative 6.9), supported by cost measures and operational efficiencies. Net working capital was slightly reduced to CAD 14.2 million (14.5), reflecting continued focus on cash management and balance sheet discipline. Business and location The Group currently engages in two main businesses: Materials and Systems (incl. PlasmaSonic). The Group is developing in major market verticals such as space exploration, increasing defense spending, technology development in aviation, digitalization, demography & health care as well as reshoring of manufacturing. Tekna is a world-leading provider of sustainable, advanced material solutions to industry. The company specializes in high-purity, micron-sized metal powders used in critical applications such as additive manufactur- ing (3D printing) across the aerospace, defense, medical and consumer electronics industries. Tekna also develops, manufactures and operates its own plasma systems and sells cutting-edge induction plasma systems designed for both industrial research and pro- duction. Its unique, IP-protected plasma technology is powering its hypersonic wind tunnels, PlasmaSonic, which enable simulating material exposure conditions in space (hypersonic and atmosphere re-entry flight condi- tions). With over 30 years of experience, Tekna is a trusted part- ner to a broad portfolio of multinational blue-chip custom- ers for its high-quality products and innovation. Its materi- al solutions help enhance productivity, enable more effi- cient use of materials and support the transition to more resilient supply chains and a circular economy. Tekna Holding ASA, a Norwegian public limited liability company, is listed on Oslo Stock Exchange. The Group is headquartered in Sherbrooke, Canada, with subsidiaries and teams based across five offices [2] in Canada (2), France, USA and China . Analysis of the development and performance of the undertaking’s business and its position Market sectors Tekna currently has two business areas: • Materials - development, manufacturing and sales of metal powders for the additive manufacturing industry • Systems - development, manufacturing and sales of sophisticated plasma systems for research and devel- opment, including the PlasmaSonic systems for hypersonic test facilities. Materials In 2025, revenues in Materials increased by 4.9% to CAD 27.8 million (26.5), representing 78% of consolidat- ed revenues. The contribution margin improved signifi- cantly to 53.2%, up from 34.3% in 2024, driven by a favorable product mix and better sales opportunities for both small and larger particle sizes. Throughout 2025, Tekna experienced record order intake of CAD 33.9 mil- lion (23.5), an increase of 44.4%, with accelerating de- mand driven primarily by aerospace and defense cus- tomers in North America and Europe. In the fourth quar- ter, Tekna earned NADCAP accreditation for its metallic powder production, confirming that its powders meet the industry’s highest standards for quality and traceability. Systems The slowdown in Systems continued in 2025, with reve- nues declining 27% to CAD 7.8 million (10.7). The de- cline was primarily attributable to a reduced order book, as ongoing uncertainty related to government funding constraints in several countries affected project timelines. [1] All amounts in this document refer to the consolidated financial statements for the Group, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements cover the period from January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2025. [2] The India and South Korea offices are in process of closure.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 14 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information announced several signifi- cant orders during the year: • In March, three orders were received valued at a total of CAD 5.2 million for titanium powder used in metal injection molding (MIM). The customers will utilize the powder for mass-producing sub-components, such as digital watch cases, hinges, and buttons. Deliveries for these contracts are scheduled for 2025/26. • In July, Tekna received an order of CAD 1.6 million for high-performance titanium powder used in Laser Powder Bed Fusion (LPBF) additive manufacturing (AM) from U.S. Aerospace and Defense Tier-1 Sup- plier. This was followed by a second order of CAD 2.0 million at the end of the year (announced early Janu- ary 2026). Tekna World’s First NADCAP Accredited Metallic Powder Manufacturing Tekna received NADCAP accreditation for metallic pow- der manufacturing, making it the first company in the world to achieve this milestone. The formal audit was completed in August, and the certificate was officially granted in October. The National Aerospace and Defense Contractors Ac- creditation Program (NADCAP) is an industry-managed global cooperative program which standardizes audits and accreditation of “critical processes” (such as heat treatment, chemical processes, non-destructive testing) to ensure suppliers meet the stringent technical and qual- ity requirements demanded by aerospace and defense OEMs. Contribution margin for Systems for the year was 53.5%, compared to 64.9% in 2024, including a negative impact of 5.1 percentage points for a tariff paid in the U.S. that is expected to be recovered in 2026. Order intake for 2025 was CAD 5.5 million (5.7), with three system orders booked in the fourth quarter totaling CAD 3.1 million. While activity in the Systems business remains inherently volatile, the sales pipeline is progressing with several orders anticipated in the first half of 2026. The Systems business is of importance to Tekna as it supports the continued development of the core technol- ogy applicable in the inhouse materials production. Research & Development Tekna has several R&D initiatives in addition to the mate- rial for additive manufacturing. In close cooperation with potential customers, Tekna is developing advanced nano -sized materials that can be used for a variety of industri- al applications, including nickel and copper. Important events in 2025 Tekna welcomed new CEO Claude Jean Mr. Jean is an accomplished senior technology executive with a proven track record of building and leading world- class electronic manufacturing services and R&D. He joined Tekna in April, replacing Luc Dionne, the compa- ny’s CEO since 2014. Record order intake in Materials Tekna completed the year with an order intake of CAD 33.9 million (23.5), an increase of 44.4%. The revenue per customer is steadily increasing and Tekna Tekna completes fully underwritten Rights Issue In the fourth quarter, Tekna completed its refinancing plan with a rights issue of NOK 300 million (CAD 41 mil- lion). Net proceeds from the equity raise were CAD 40 million, after deducting about CAD 1 million in costs. CAD 29 million of the proceeds were used to repay the sharehold- er loan from Arendals Fossekompani ASA, including in- terest. The balance sheet was strengthened year-over- year as the Equity ratio rose to 77% from 36% and the net cash position improved to CAD 11.8 million from CAD 19.6 million net debt. The cash position at year-end was CAD 17.4 million, up from CAD 12.4 million the pre- vious year. Improving cost position Tekna continued to execute on its comprehensive profit- ability improvement program which started in 2023. Ef- forts focused on simplifying the organization, creating a leaner operation, reducing operating cost and further improving cash flow. Key contributors are: • In 2025, headcount was further reduced from 185 to 158 • Continued to make progress on implementing auto- mation on post atomization processes • Organised administrative processes more efficiently Many of the cost reductions executed since 2024 are permanent and will have recurring effect. BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED) Partnership with Burloak Technologies in supply chain for cutting-edge satellite components In November, Tekna entered a strategic partnership with Burloak Technologies (Burloak), Canada’s leading addi- tive manufacturing (AM) company, to supply materials for the production of more than 50 000 satellite components. The collaboration supports Burloak’s role in manufactur- ing advanced flight hardware for the MDA Aurora pro- gram. Systems remained slow Systems order intake was affected by the uncertainty caused by the introduction of tariffs. Order intake in the year included six units, three in the second quarter and three in the fourth quarter. Furthermore, a system was shipped to the USA with a tariff charge of CAD 0.4m affecting Contribution Margins. Scotiabank financing agreement The Company entered into a financing agreement with the Bank of Nova Scotia ("Scotiabank"). Under the financing agreement, Scotiabank has agreed to make available multiple credit facilities to Tekna systèmes Plas- ma Inc., Tekna Matériaux Avancés Inc. and Tekna Hold- ings Canada Inc (the "Borrowers") in total of CAD 10.5 million. The credit facilities are divided into three types of credit, (i) an operating on demand credit (the "Demand Credit") of CAD 6 million, (ii) a standby letter of credit/ guarantee of CAD 4 million and (iii) a VISA Business credit card of CAD 0.5 million. The credit facilities will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes and to assist for future projects. Order intake
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 15 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Financial review The Board of Directors believes that the annual financial statements provide a true and fair view of the net assets, finan- cial position and result of Tekna Holding ASA and the Group for the year. The Group’s consolidated financial state- ments are presented in compliance with International Financial Reporting Stand- ards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU, and the reporting currency is Canadian dol- lars (“CAD”). Profit and loss Revenue was CAD 35.6 million, a 4% decrease from CAD 37.2 million in 2024. Contribution margin improved significantly to 53.3%, up from 43.1% in 2024, driven by strong performance in Materials. EBITDA was negative CAD 3.1 million compared to negative CAD 4.0 million in 2024. Adjusted EBITDA improved markedly to negative CAD 1.4 million from negative CAD 6.9 million in 2024, reflecting the positive trajectory towards profitability with two consecutive EBITDA-positive quarters in the second half of the year. Tekna reported a net loss of CAD 11.0 million for the period, compared to a loss of CAD 11.2 million in 2024. Earnings per share were negative CAD 0.08, compared to negative CAD 0.09 in 2024. Tekna Holding ASA The parent company Tekna Holding ASA is a holding company, with limited activity and a few corporate func- tions. The net loss for the year was CAD 98.8 million, compared to CAD 2.9 million profit in 2024. The negative result of the year was due to an impairment of the invest- ment in Tekna Holdings Canada Inc.. Research and development Investments in research and development (R&D) have been an important part of Tekna’s strategy to develop new and innovative solutions and is expected to remain an important part of the company’s strategy going for- ward. Tekna has a long-term ambition to invest signifi- cantly in R&D. The company’s investments in R&D are critical to its near- and long-term goals and in 2025 it represented 6.6% (7.1%) of its total revenue. The com- pany continued to benefit from the Canadian govern- ment's Strategic Innovation Fund, which supports its re- search and development efforts. This program, running until March 2027, offers Tekna up to CAD 20 million in financial assistance through grants and reimbursable loans. BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED) Cash flow Net cash from operating activities was negative CAD 5.3 million, compared to negative CAD 0.1 million in 2024, primarily reflecting the timing of working capital move- ments and the net loss for the year. Net cash used for investing activities was CAD 1.2 million, compared to CAD 2.6 million in 2024, reflecting reduced capital ex- penditures. Net cash from financing activities was CAD 11.8 million, mainly driven by the NOK 300 million rights issue completed in December 2025, which generated net proceeds of approximately CAD 40 million, partially offset by the repayment of the CAD 29 million loan to Arendals Fossekompani ASA. Cash and cash equivalents at year- end were CAD 17.4 million, compared to CAD 12.4 mil- lion at the end of 2024. Financial position Tekna’s financial position was significantly strengthened during the year following the successful completion of the rights issue. At year-end, the long-term debt/equity ratio improved to 0.10, compared to 1.31 at the end of 2024. Interest-bearing debt was reduced to CAD 5.6 million and total non-current liabilities stood at CAD 5.4 million, while the cash position was CAD 17.4 million, resulting in a net cash positive position of CAD 11.8 million. Total assets amounted to CAD 72.5 million. Total equity as of 31 December 2025 amounted to CAD 55.9 million, with an equity ratio of 77%. The credit risk is regarded as low, given that most customers are large multinational companies. A glovebox is used to safely handle the metal powder and keep it under inert conditions with argon.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 16 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Subsequent events Litigation appeals in Canada concluded In the first quarter of 2026 Tekna announced a decision issued on January 22, 2026 by the Federal Court of Ap- peal in Canada that unanimously dismissed the appeal filed by AP&C, a subsidiary of GE Aerospace. It found no error in the judgment issued by the Federal Court on June 7, 2024 that found most of the claims of the two Canadian patents asserted against Tekna to be invalid (and all non-infringed). As a result of this, AP&C also withdrew their appeal to get the compensation paid to Tekna in 2024 refunded. Going concern Based on the situation at the end of 2025 as well as the forecast going forward, the company is well-positioned to meet its obligations and continue its business for the foreseeable future. There have been no events to date in 2026 which significantly affect the result for 2026 or valu- ation of the company’s assets and liabilities at the bal- ance sheet date. According to section 3-3a of the Norwegian Accounting Act, the Board confirms that the consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of the parent company have been prepared based on the conditions of going concern and that the conditions are present. Outlook The macroeconomic sentiment continues to be challeng- ing entering 2026. The global economy is being rede- fined and geopolitical tension, trade restrictions and tariffs will make lasting changes to supply chains. In par- ticular, U.S. tariffs have caused a lot of short-term uncer- tainty, but they are ultimately expected to reinforce reshoring and localized manufacturing trends, bolstering growth in additive manufacturing and long-term demand for Tekna’s products. The observed Materials order intake and increasing customer order size, coupled with current market trends, support Tekna’s long-term ambitions of annual double- digit growth towards 2030. The geopolitical uncertainty is also fueling the global trend of increased defense spending. This trend is expected to further generate interesting opportunities in both business areas with increased demand from de- fense OEMs for powders, and for PlasmaSonic systems. Within this environment Tekna will remain focused on profitable growth, working capital reduction and disci- plined capital management. Tekna is already making use and continuously exploring new ways of applying AI tools to improve its administra- tive processes. Furthermore, Tekna has also start- ed exploring the use of AI in powder process develop- ment as well as equipment design. Combined with our extensive base of historical data, these efforts are ex- pected to lead to faster improvement of product and The undertakings likely future developments process parameters, faster and more efficient develop- ment of new alloys as well as better equipment design. Capex for 2026 is expected around CAD 1.5 – 2.0 million, in line with 2025. Operating cost reduction actions will be maintained throughout 2026. In the current environment of economic uncertainty and geopolitical instability, Tekna’s technology and products continue to gain increased relevance, as its customers are transitioning towards new technology and reshoring of manufacturing. At the same time, economic uncertain- ty may also have a dampening effect on the short-term industry growth rate. Even though short term volatility in the additive manufacturing industry must still be ex- pected, several trends support the long term growth per- spective and Tekna is well positioned to benefit from this development. With a strong strategic position, a substantially reduced cost base, a solid balance sheet and a highly committed competent organization, the Board of Directors considers the fundamentals to be in place for Tekna to fully capitalize on the exciting opportunities ahead. BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED) Plasma system customization takes place inhouse, whether for Tekna’s own Materials operations or for customers.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 17 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Risk factors and risk management Tekna’s Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) aims to contribute to the creation, optimization, and protection of enterprise value by managing Tekna’s business risks as it creates value in the marketplace. Tekna’s Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the governance of risk management. Tekna's Executive Leadership Team is responsible for the ERM, i.e., imple- menting and overseeing the application of efficient risk management processes. The employees of the Company are expected to follow the requirements defined in the Company's policies. Tekna’s Board of Directors and Ex- ecutive Leadership Team conduct risk assessments re- lated to various dimensions and aspects of operations to verify that adequate risk management systems are in place. As a global operator, Tekna is exposed to risk scenarios ranging from controllable risks, such as raw material price fluctuation, currency fluctuation, market changes, competition or fuel price volatility, to uncontrollable ones such as natural disasters. The tariffs imposed by the U.S. Administration increases geopolitical uncertainty and represent a risk of trade war that may have an impact on supply chains. Supply chain disruptions in terms of lead times and shortages can have a significant impact on the company’s business and financial performance. Tekna is currently not able to sell the full production yield of metal powders for additive manufacturing at attractive prices, such that a provision of costs for the accumula- tion of inventory above sales levels is expensed at cost in the financial statements on an ongoing basis. This provi- sion of costs thus limits the financial risk in the financial statements as presented, meanwhile there is a business risk given the uncertainty in timing of market develop- ment and higher sales volumes of the full production yield at attractive prices. The Group's business is subject to price and exchange rate risks. There is no guarantee that the Group will be able to obtain the expected prices for its materials and systems, and any change in the market conditions, including in the global technology and powder markets or in a specific regional and/or end markets in which the Group operates, could lead to lower sales prices or volumes of the Group's products and systems. The most material climate risks in the short and medium term are physical risks in the supply chain and in Tekna’s own operations. There is a risk of extreme weather events impacting Chinese suppliers and their ability to supply Tekna with titanium. Also, extremely high temper- atures put the health and safety of suppliers’ workers in China at risk. Physical climate risks might also impact goods transportation. In the medium and long term, physical risks might impact where the company consid- ers establishing new production locations. A more de- tailed description is to be found in the Sustainability re- port included in that annual report and available on the company’s website from 9 April. Corporate Sustainability Reporting Tekna has prepared a separate Sustainability report in accordance with Section 3-3 of the Norwegian Account- ing Act regarding corporate social responsibility and in line with the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive. The report is included in this annual report and will be available on the company’s website from 9 April. The report describes Tekna’s material impacts, risks and opportunities. The materiality assessment identified the following topics to report on: • Environment: Climate Change (E1) and Resource use and circular economy (E5), • Social: Own workforce (S1) and Workers in the value chain (S2), • Governance: Business Conduct (G1) and Cyber Se- curity (Gx—entity specific). For all these topics it describes the strategy, how it is operationalized through guidelines, targets and an action plan, followed by measurements consisting of 2025 Tekna sets high ethical standards, and communication with the outside world is to be open, clear and honest. The Company is responsible for ensuring safe and good workplaces in the local communities where it is present. Tekna seeks to create value for society, customers, em- ployees and shareholders. Environment Tekna’s environmental impact is two-fold. Tekna has a positive environmental impact through developing prod- ucts which enable a green transition. Tekna produces metal powders for Additive Manufacturing (“AM”) that significantly reduce the metal consumption in product manufacturing processes downstream. In the application of AM parts in airplanes and vehicles parts are usually lighter and therefore more energy efficient (less weight, less fuel consumption). On the other hand, the company also has an environmental impact from internal business operations such as emissions from employee commutes, business travels, energy consumption at the company’s locations and waste generation. Tekna started climate accounting in 2019 and since 2024 it has a complete estimation of material emissions in scope 3, which are mostly up- and downstream GHG emissions. The carbon accounting was updated using CEMAsys’ digital solution, and a full overview can be found in the appendix of the annual report. Tekna has committed to emission reduction targets. For scope 1 and 2 the company has already committed to an absolute reduction of 50% by 2030 over 2021. By 2035 the emissions from Own operations should be carbon neutral. By 2050 the company aims to be able to neutral- ize its upstream emissions. EU Taxonomy Tekna has prepared an EU Taxonomy report, which is part of the annual report and published on the website. Description of the principal risks and uncertainties Sustainability BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 18 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information 80 per cent of Tekna’s global spend comes from suppli- ers based in the EU or North America, which we deem well-governed by legal standards. The remaining 20 per cent is spent on a key raw material, i.e., titanium, sup- plied by two regularly audited manufacturers in China. Both are well-established and qualified suppliers to major western industrial conglomerates. The issue of tantalum and tungsten, sometimes conflict minerals, has been addressed by requiring suppliers to certify the provenance of the material. In addition to ensuring Occupational health and safety, Tekna respects the freedom of association and does not accept any form of forced labor, child labor or work- related discrimination. Reference is made to Sustainabil- ity and Governance documents available at www.tekna.com. People and organization The competence of our employees represents a major asset and competitive advantage for Tekna. At the end of 2025, the Group employed a total of 158 people. The number of employees were divided across locations as follows: The following summarizes the results: • Tekna’s economic activities are eligible under Climate Change Mitigation and not under any of the other five environmental objectives. • Additive manufacturing and PlasmaSonic wind tun- nels are activities assessed as aligned with the EU Taxonomy. However, the substantial contribution criteria are not considered met due to the lack of documentation verified by a third party demonstrating life-cycle GHG emission savings. • All Tekna revenues are eligible except for its R&D revenue (98% in 2025). Total eligible revenue: CAD 35.0 m. • 93% of Tekna’s CapEx is invested in eligible activities, totaling CAD 1.3m. • Tekna does not yet have a CapEx plan aimed at increasing the percentage of aligned activities. • 100% of Tekna’s OpEx is spend on eligible activities, totaling CAD 2.1m. The high percentage of eligible activities reflects the great potential of the company and the challenge for medium-sized companies in niche, high-tech industries to comply with the screening criteria as per the current re- quirements. It is likely that Tekna will not be able to priori- tize the third party research required to prove alignment. Operations The activities covered by the environmental permit as delivered by the Quebec Ministry of Environment, are metallic powders manufacturing and induction plasma systems and auxiliary manufacturing. The manufacturing of both metallic powders and induction plasma systems has relatively low environmental risks. Limited hazardous waste is generated, and mostly from R&D. It is stored and treated according to regulations, air emissions are purified when needed, and wastewater is treated before being disposed of. There are low CO2 emissions (GHG) in our production process. Social Tekna Group is subject to the two following legal frame- works, both having the objective of improving respect for fundamental human rights in supply chains and increas- ing transparency on the topic. • 1 January 2024, the Canadian Fighting Against Forced Labour and Child Labour in Supply Chains Act came into effect. • 1 July 2022, the Norwegian Transparency Act came into effect. The Human Rights and Transparency report is part of the annual report and will be published on the website of the company: www.tekna.com/esg. Tekna takes its social responsibility seriously and contin- ues to embed human rights into company-wide govern- ance and compliance programs. Both Employee and Business Partner Code of Conduct are updated as needed and are approved at board level. Tekna is working to ensure compliance with fundamental human rights and acceptable working conditions in its supply chains and with its business partners. There were no serious work-related accidents and one lost time injury in 2025. Sick leave was 3.7% in 2025, compared to 2.9%in 2024. Activities on gender equality and non- discrimination Tekna is committed to ensuring that people with different backgrounds, irrespective of ethnicity, gender, religion, sexual orientation or age, have the same opportunities for work and career development at Tekna. Women represented 28 per cent of the Tekna workforce in 2025. Out of 33 managers (managers with employees reporting to them) 17 per cent were female. Tekna aspires to substantially increase the share of female employees and is working through the employee life cycle to see where measures could be implemented to enhance diversity across the organization. Tekna’s work- force comprises 21 different nationalities, of which about 2/3 are Canadian. In 2022, Tekna has developed and transitioned its work- ers compensation system to ensure equality, based on an objective job evaluation method that positions employ- ees on the relative value of their jobs. This system is compliant with the legal requirements prescribed by the Commission for labor standards, pay equity and occupa- tional health and safety (CNESST) of the Province of Quebec. Therefore, the average pay for men and women vary due to differences in job categories and years of service, not because of gender. No gender-based differ- ences exist with regard to working hour regulations or the design of workplaces. In 2025, the unadjusted gender pay gap was 20 per cent (17%). Employees per Country 2025 2024 Canada: 137 161 France: 15 18 China: 4 4 South Korea: 1 1 USA: 1 1 Total 158 185 BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 19 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Currently, Tekna has four Board members, none of whom are members of the company’s management. One Board member is independent of significant business partners. Three Board members, including its Chair Dag Teigland initially elected in 2023, have an affiliation with Arendals Fossekompani ASA, Tekna’s main shareholder. The Audit Committee consists of one dependent and one independent Board member. Tekna’s Board of Directors met for a total of 13 board meetings with 95% participa- tion. The Board members and the Executive Leadership Team are covered by liability insurance. The policy has world- wide coverage, and in addition to financial loss, it pro- vides cover for aggravated, punitive and exemplary dam- ages imposed on the insured, where these are insurable by law. Cyber security Information and Communications Technology (ICT) secu- rity relates to the internal policies and protocols specific The Remuneration policy on determination of salary and other remuneration for leading persons was approved by the Extraordinary General Meeting in October 2022 and a full disclosure can be found in the separate Remunera- tion report. Guidelines for remuneration of leading per- sons are available in the Corporate Governance Policy on the company’s website. The province of Quebec (Canada) has strong legislation on discriminatory harassment in the workplace. The Em- ployee as well as the Business Partner Code of Conduct clearly reject any form of discrimination and emphasize the importance of respect and civility. It also includes a clear process for reporting and dealing with inappropriate behavior. In 2025, the Executive Leadership Team had five male and one female members. The Board of Directors has two female members and two male members. Refer to the Sustainability report for further statistical mapping on gender equality (page 95-97). Governance The Company is subject to corporate governance report- ing requirements as defined in the Norwegian Accounting Act, section 3-3b and the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance (the “Code”) available at www.nues.no. Reference is made to the Corporate Gov- ernance Report , which is included in the annual report and will be published on the company’s website on 9 April. Tekna launched a new online independent whistleblowing system. Necessary compliance policies were approved by the board and implemented prior to 2025, particularly the Human Rights policy and the Business Partner Code of Conduct in line with principle 10 of the UN Global Compact 2 . The Ethics and Compliance Committee, which reports to the Audit Committee, is operational. Tekna’s Board of Directors has the overall responsibility for ensuring that the company has a high standard of corporate governance. The Company’s corporate gov- ernance model is designed to provide a foundation for long-term value creation and to ensure good control. The Board has adopted a corporate governance policy to safeguard the interests of the company’s shareholders, employees and other stakeholders. The policy describes the company’s main principles for corporate governance and addresses the framework of guidelines and principles regulating the interaction between the company’s share- holders, the Board of Directors and the Executive Lead- ership Team. These principles and associated rules and practices are intended to increase predictability and transparency, and thus reduce uncertainties related to the business. The company follows the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance. The company’s practice is largely in accordance with these recommen- dations. Tekna Holding ASA is a public limited company and is organized under Norwegian law with a governance struc- ture based on Norwegian corporate law and other regula- tory requirements. The company’s shares are freely transferable and are not subject to ownership restrictions pursuant to law, licensing conditions, articles of associa- tion or similar restrictions. to the Group that help ensure that information and data are protected and secure from unwanted breaches or incidents, and handled in such a manner that protect company-specific data and individual rights, and adhere to applicable external regulations. Executives and Finance positions are at risk for their ac- cess to sensitive data and presumed ability to authorize or move money (25 employees in 2025). Tekna does not store personal data of a sensitive nature, except of its own employees. Tekna keeps a log of (attempted) cyber attacks. No suc- cessful cyberattacks have taken place in 2025. Tekna is implementing a cyber security roadmap based on con- clusions of a third party vulnerability test performed in 2023. All employees pass compulsory security aware- ness training on an annual basis and simulated phishing attacks throughout the year. Additional training is im- posed to employees failing security training, simulated phishing attacks or as determined by management. BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)
BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 20 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Declaration by the Board of Directors and CEO We hereby confirm that, to the best of our knowledge, the consolidated annual financial statements for 1 January to 31 December 2025 have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards and that the information in the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company. We confirm that the financial statements give an accurate and fair view of the development, profit and position of the company, as well as a description of the principal risks and uncertainties it is facing. From left to right: Torkil Sigurd Mogstad (Board observer), Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes, Dag Teigland (Chair), Kristin Skau Åbyholm, Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier. “We would like to express our gratitude to all of Tekna's employees for their dedication and contributions to the company's growth and success.” Arendal, 8 April 2026 The Board of Directors and CEO of Tekna Holding ASA This document was electronically signed. Kristin Skau Åbyholm Member of the Board Claude Jean CEO Dag Teigland Chair of the Board Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier Member of the Board Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes Member of the Board BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 21 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Financial Statements Financial Index “Findex” ........... 22 Consolidated Income statement..................... 23 Other comprehensive Income ..... 23 Balance sheet .......................... 24 Changes in equity..................... 25 Cash flow ................................. 26 Notes .................................. 27-48 Parent company Income statement..................... 49 Other comprehensive Income ..... 49 Balance sheet .......................... 50 Changes in equity..................... 51 Cash flow ................................. 52 Notes ................................. 53-60 ...... 61 Financial Statements
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 22 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Financial index “Findex” Income statement ............................................................................... 23 Other comprehensive income ............................................................. 23 Balance sheet..................................................................................... 24 Changes in equity ............................................................................... 25 Cash flow ........................................................................................... 26 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Organization and accounting principles............................................... 27 Note 1 Research and Development..................................................... 30 Note 2 Revenue from contracts with customers .................................. 31 Note 3 Other income ......................................................................... 32 Note 4 Remuneration and employee benefits ...................................... 32 Note 5 Other operating expenses ....................................................... 34 Note 6 Income tax .............................................................................. 35 Note 7 Inventories .............................................................................. 36 Note 8 Trade and other receivables .................................................... 36 Note 9 Cash and cash equivalents ...................................................... 37 Note 10 Property, plant and equipment ............................................... 37 Note 11 Intangible assets ................................................................... 38 Note 12 Non-current receivables ........................................................ 39 Note 13 Leases .................................................................................. 39 Note 14 Trade payables and other current liabilities .............................40 Note 15 Financial risk and financial instruments ...................................40 Note 16 Borrowings ............................................................................44 Note 17 Finance items ........................................................................45 Note 18 Share information ..................................................................45 Note 19 Earnings per share.................................................................46 Note 20 Subsidiaries ...........................................................................46 Note 21 Related parties.......................................................................47 Note 22 Contingent liabilities ...............................................................48 Note 23 Subsequent events ...............................................................48 *Appendix Alternative Performance Measures ...................................108 Index Parent Financial Statements Income statement ............................................................................... 49 Other comprehensive income ............................................................. 49 Balance sheet .................................................................................... 50 Changes in equity ............................................................................... 51 Cash flow ........................................................................................... 52 Notes to the Parent Financial Statements Accounting principles ......................................................................... 53 Note 1 Remuneration and employee benefits ...................................... 54 Note 2 Other expenses ...................................................................... 54 Note 3 Tax ......................................................................................... 55 Note 4 Investments in subsidiaries ...................................................... 56 Note 5 Cash and cash equivalents ...................................................... 56 Note 6 Intercompany balances and transactions ................................. 57 Note 7 Financial items ........................................................................ 57 Note 8 Financial risk ........................................................................... 58 Note 9 Share capital and shareholder information ............................... 58 Note 10 Subsequent events................................................................ 60 Index Tip If you want to return to this financial index page, press the red “Findex” button at the top center of a financial page. Independent Auditor’s report ................................................... 61 Consolidated Financial Statements
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 23 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Consolidated Financial Statements Income Statement Other Comprehensive Income Amounts in CAD 1000 Notes FY2025 FY2024 Revenues 2 35 576 37 166 Other income 3 652 3 914 Materials and consumables used 16 613 21 165 Employee benefit expenses 4 15 049 16 392 Other operating expenses 5 7 624 7 515 EBITDA -3 059 -3 993 Depreciation and amortisation 10, 11 4 866 4 021 Net operating income/(loss) -7 925 -8 014 Share of net income (loss) from associated companies and joint ventures - 1 Finance income 17 986 691 Finance costs 17 3 016 2 977 Profit/(loss) before income tax -9 955 -10 299 Income tax expense 6 1 093 851 Profit/(loss) for the period -11 048 -11 150 Attributable to equity holders of the company -11 048 -11 036 Attributable to non-controlling interests - -114 Basic earnings per share 19 -0.08 -0.09 Diluted earnings per share 19 -0.08 -0.09 Amounts in CAD 1000 Notes FY2025 FY2024 Items that may be reclassified to statement of income Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations -139 35 Items that may be reclassified to statement of income -139 35 Items that will not be reclassified to statement of income Items that will not be reclassified to statement of income - - Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of tax -139 35 Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period -11 188 -11 115 Attributable to equity holders of the company -11 188 -10 999 Attributable to non-controlling interests - -116                        
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 24 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Balance sheet Arendal, 8 April 2026 The Board of Directors and CEO of Tekna Holding ASA This document was electronically signed. Kristin Skau Åbyholm Member of the Board Claude Jean CEO Dag Teigland Chair of the Board Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier Member of the Board Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes Member of the Board Notes 31.12.2025 31.12.2024 Amounts in CAD 1000 Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment 10 22 099 24 446 Intangible assets 11 6 018 6 962 Non-current receivables 12 4 107 4 085 Total non-current assets 32 225 35 493 Current assets Inventories 7 14 394 17 261 Contract assets 2 506 1 502 Trade and other receivables 8 7 964 6 421 Cash and cash equivalents 9 17 424 12 352 Total current assets 40 288 37 536 Total assets 72 513 73 029 Notes 31.12.2025 31.12.2024 Amounts in CAD 1000 Equity Share capital and share premium 18 522 546 497 260 Other reserves -466 642 -470 723 Capital and reserves attributable to holders of the company 55 904 26 537 Total equity 55 904 26 537 Non-current liabilities Borrowings 16 3 755 31 486 Lease liabilities 13 1 251 1 637 Deferred tax liabilities 6 395 1 649 Total non-current liabilities 5 401 34 771 Current liabilities Bank loan 16 1 496 - Lease liabilities 13 660 647 Trade and other payables 14 2 742 3 741 Provision for warranties 182 182 Contract liabilities 2 955 1 513 Other current liabilities 14 4 792 5 217 Borrowings short-term portion 16 380 420 Total current liabilities 11 208 11 721 Total liabilities and equity 72 513 73 029                   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 25 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Changes in Equity CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Share capital and share premium Other reserves Total Amounts in CAD 1000 Balance at 1 January 2024 494 956 -455 405 39 552 -1 197 38 354 Profit/(loss) for the period - -11 036 -11 036 -114 -11 150 Other comprehensive income/(loss) - 37 37 -2 35 Settlement/conversion share based 18 payment 2 304 -4 338 -2 034 1 312 -722 Share-Based Compensation - 20 20 - 20 Balance at 31 December 2024 497 260 -470 723 26 537 - 26 537 Balance at 1 January 2025 497 260 -470 723 26 537 - 26 537 Profit/(loss) for the period - -11 048 -11 048 - -11 048 Other comprehensive income/(loss) - -139 -139 - -139 Reduction of share capital 18 -15 102 15 102 - - - Issuance of shares 18 40 388 - 40 388 - 40 388 Share-Based Compensation 4 - 167 167 - 167 Balance at 31 December 2025 522 546 -466 642 55 904 - 55 904 Notes Attributable to equity holders of the Company Non- controlling interests Total equity                   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 26 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Amounts in CAD 1000 Notes FY2025 FY2024 Cash flow from operating activities Net profit/(loss) -11 048 -11 150 Depreciation, amortization and impairment 10, 11 4 866 4 021 Variation in deferred taxes 6 -1 254 486 Accretion of discounted loan 16 443 402 Loan discount recognition 10, 11, 16 -228 -354 Share-based compensation 167 20 (Gain)/Loss from sales of assets -31 - Net gain from settlement in subsidiary via equity instruments 18 - -722 Capitalized interests on loan 16 1 535 1 946 Investing interest received -155 -334 Financing interest paid 125 108 Share of results from associated companies and joint ventures - -1 Total after adjustments to profit before income tax -5 580 -5 579 Change in inventories 7 2 867 345 Change in other assets -568 4 823 Change in other liabilities -1 981 339 Total after adjustments to net assets -5 263 -72 Net cash from operating activities -5 263 -72 Cash flow CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Notes FY2025 FY2024 Amounts in CAD 1000 Cash flow from investing activities Proceeds from the sales of PPE 10 67 4 Purchase of PPE and intangible assets, net of grants 10, 11 -1 451 -2 891 Interest received 155 334 Net cash flow from investing activities -1 230 -2 552 Cash flow from financing activities Proceeds from issue of shares 40 388 - Increase (decrease) of bank loan 16 1 496 - New loans 16 613 6 873 Repayment of loans 16 -29 944 -1 263 Repayment of lease liabilities 16 -596 -661 Interest paid -125 -108 Net cash flow from financing activities 11 831 4 840 Change in cash and cash equivalents 5 338 2 216 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 12 352 10 148 Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents -266 -13 Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 17 424 12 352                
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 27 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Organization and accounting principles Information about the company Tekna Holding ASA is domiciled in Norway, and with headquarters in Sherbrooke, Canada. The consolidated financial statements for financial year 2025 include the company and its subsidiaries (as a whole, referred to as "the Group"). Information about the companies included in the scope of consolidation is disclosed in Note 20. Basis for preparation The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International IFRS® Accounting Stand- ards as adopted by the EU and associated interpretations, as well as Norwegian disclosure requirements pursuant to the Norwegian Accounting Act applicable as of 31 December 2025.The annual and consolidated financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 8 April 2026. The financial statements are presented in Canadian dollar (“CAD”), which is the functional currency of the parent com- pany. All amounts disclosed in the financial statements and notes have been rounded off to the nearest thousand CAD units unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared using the historical cost principle, with the exception of the following assets, which are presented at fair value: Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss and financial instru- ments at fair value through other comprehensive income. The Group recognizes changes in equity arising from transactions with owners in the statement of changes in equity. Other changes in equity are presented in the statement of comprehensive income (total return). Preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of assessments, estimates and assump- tions that influence which accounting policies shall be applied, and also influence recognized amounts for assets and liabilities, revenues and costs. Actual amounts can deviate from estimated amounts. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Changes in accounting estimates are recog- nized in the period in which they arise if they only apply to that period. If the changes also apply to subsequent periods, the effect is allocated over the current and subsequent periods. Areas with significant estimation uncertainties, and where assumptions and assessments made have significantly influ- enced the application of the accounting policies, are disclosed in each relevant note. Accounting policies The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the annual and consolidated financial statements are described below. With the exception of effects described in the section on changes in accounting policies below, the policies are applied consistently for all periods. In case that subsidiaries have used other principles to prepare their separate an- nual financial statements, adjustments have been made so the consolidated financial statements are prepared accor- ding to common policies. Changes in accounting policies for 2025 No new standards have been adopted by the Company and the Group with effect from 1 January 2025.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 28 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Principles of consolidation Foreign currency translation Functional and presentation currency Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional curren- cy’). All amounts disclosed in the consolidated financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand CAD units unless otherwise stated. The functional currency of the parent company, Tekna Holding ASA, is the Canadi- an dollar (CAD), reflecting that the Group’s operations, revenues, and primary cost base are predominantly located in Canada. While the parent company is domiciled and listed in Norway, its economic activities are driven by the Canadi- an operating subsidiaries. The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is also CAD. Transactions and balances Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates, are gener- ally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other for- eign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/ (losses). Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabili- ties such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss, and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income. Revenue recognition Revenues from contracts with customers Under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, the Group recognizes revenue at the agreed transaction price when control of promised goods or services transfers to the customer, reflecting the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized either at a point in time or over time, depending on when control transfers, as determined at the inception of each contract. The timing of reve- nue recognition varies based on the nature of the goods or services provided and the specific terms agreed with the customer. The Group’s primary revenue sources are the sale of Materials and the delivery of Systems. Contracts differ based on customer needs, ranging from straightforward material sales to complex system projects involving design, manufactur- ing, and testing. Customers include universities, research laboratories, niche companies, domain experts, small to large industrial firms, and government research centers across industries such as aerospace, defense, medical, con- sumer electronics, and 3D printing. Transaction price - Sale of Materials The Group determines the transaction price for Materials sales as the amount of consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring the promised goods to the customer, net of discounts and sales-related taxes, which are collected on behalf of tax authorities. Revenue is typically recognized at a point in time, upon shipment under EXW (Ex Works) or similar terms, when control transfers to the customer. However, this timing may shift depending on ship- ping methods, customer location, export/import regulations, or local trade customs. Materials are sold on standardized or custom specifications, serving a wide range of applications. Pricing is based on market conditions, with discounts periodically offered or applied to high-volume purchases. Payment terms generally align with standard commercial practices (e.g., net 30 days) and may vary depending on customer relationships or order specifics. Customers include small to large industrial companies and government research centers, reflecting a diverse base with needs spanning bulk standardized orders to high-precision custom materials. Fixed price contracts - Sale of Systems Revenue from the sale of Systems is recognized in accordance with IFRS 15, with control transferring over time due to the custom-designed nature of the systems, which have no alternative use, and the Group’s enforceable right to pay- ment for work completed to date. These fixed-price contracts typically span 6 to 18 months, depending on complexity and standardization, and involve activities such as design, manufacturing, testing, and delivery. Revenue is recognized progressively using the percentage-of-completion method, where income and profits are recorded based on the de- NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE ORGANIZATION AND ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES—CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 29 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex gree of work completed. The cost-to-cost method is applied, comparing actual costs incurred to total expected costs, provided the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Payment terms are structured around project milestones, typically including a significant prepayment upon placement of the Purchase Order, a downpayment at design approval, a downpayment at Site Acceptance Test (SAT), and a final payment at Factory Acceptance Test (FAT). Customers, such as universities, research labs, niche companies, and domain experts, collaborate closely with the Group to meet tailored specifications, influencing project timelines and the revenue recognition process. Contract balances Contract balances consist of client-related assets and liabilities. Contract assets relate to consideration for work com- pleted, but not yet invoiced at the reporting date. The contract assets are transferred to trade receivables when the right to payment has become unconditional, which usually occurs when invoices are issued to the customers. When a client pays consideration in advance, or an amount of consideration is due contractually before transferring of the li- cense or service, then the amount received in advance is presented as a liability. Contract liabilities represent mainly prepayments from clients for unsatisfied or partially satisfied performance obliga- tions in relation to licenses and services. Contract assets are within the scope of impairment requirements in IFRS 9. For contract assets the simplified approach is applied, and the expected loss provision is measured at the estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses. Other accounting principles Share-based compensation For share-based compensation by equity instruments granted that do not vest until the employee completes a speci- fied period of service, it is assumed that the services to be rendered as consideration for the equity instruments will be received in the future, during the vesting period. Such services are accounted for as they are rendered by the employ- ee during the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity. Government Grants Government grants are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and all at- tached conditions will be complied with. The grants related to an expense are presented as other revenues, not against the expense. The grants related to fixed assets or intangible assets are recorded against the cost on a system- atic basis over the periods that the related costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed. When the grant relates to an asset, it is presented in the statement of financial position by deducting the grant in arriving at the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in the income statement over the useful life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation. Financial Liabilities: Interest-Free Loans The Group recognizes interest-free loans initially at fair value, determined by discounting the future cash flows using a market-related interest rate that reflects the time value of money, and the credit risk associated with the loan. The dif- ference between the nominal amount of the loan and its fair value at initial recognition is recorded as a loan discount in the statement of financial position. Subsequently, the loan is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The loan discount is amortized over the term of the loan, with the amortization recognized under “Loan discount recognition” as a reduction of purchase in PPE and intangible assets in the balance sheet (note 10 and 11), reduction of non-current debt (note 16) and as an increase of grant as other income in the income statement. Additionally, the unwinding of the discount, representing the theoretical or imputed interest, is presented as “Accretion of discounted loan” within finance costs (note 17) in income statement and an increase of non-current debt (note 16). This approach ensures that the interest-free loans are presented in a manner consistent with the economic substance of the transactions, as required by IFRS. Segment information The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) assesses the financial performance and position of the Group and makes strategic decisions. The internal financial reporting to the CODM is on a consolidated basis. As a result, the Group has only one reportable segment. The CODM is identified as the Board of Directors. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE ORGANIZATION AND ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES—CONTINUED)
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE ORGANIZATION AND ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES—CONTINUED) Climate Risk Considerations The company has assessed climate-related risks and their potential impact on the financial statements. In the short and medium term, key physical risks include extreme weather and higher temperatures, which may disrupt the supply of materials like titanium or pose health and safety risks to workers, such as in regions like China, potentially raising costs or delaying production. These risks may also increase transportation costs. In the medium to long term, physical risks could affect decisions on new production locations, impacting future capital expenditures. As of 31 December 2025, no material financial impacts from climate risks have been identified. Management continues to monitor these risks for effects on inventory valuation, cost of sales, and asset impairments, as part of its accounting estimates and judgments. Key Accounting Estimates and Judgments The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) requires management to make judgments, estimates, and assumptions. These are based on historical experience, current conditions, and expectations of future events that are considered reasonable under the circumstances. How- ever, actual results may differ from these estimates due to their inherent uncertainty. A key area of estimation uncertainty is: • Provision for slow-moving inventory (Note 7 – Inventories): The provision reflects inventory that may not be sold due to fluctuating demand and market penetration levels, assessed using historical sales, growth rates and order intake. Movements in the provision are also considered material and are driven by changes in inventory levels and historical sales performance. This is deemed a key accounting estimate under IAS 1.125, as it is material and depends on future market conditions (demand) and operational outcomes (production). The provi- sion is sensitive to production (inventory build-up) and demand (sales and orders): Illustrative example: If inven- tory increases while expected sales decline, excess inventory rises and an additional provision may be re- quired, which reduces profit before tax. Conversely, if production is reduced and inventory levels decrease, the amount of inventory considered slow-moving declines, and the provision may be reversed, increasing profit before tax. Estimates are regularly reviewed and updated as new information becomes available. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 1 Research and development
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Salaries 1 828 1 814
Materials and other costs 538 842
R & D Tax credits -88 -87
Research and Development costs 2 278 2 569
Less: development capitalized -351 -448
Research expensed 1 926 2 121
| 30
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 2 Revenue from contracts with customers Accounting principles and information related to external customers are described in Organization and accounting principles. Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers
FY 2025 Amounts in CAD 1000 Systems & Equipment Materials Spare parts Other Total
Revenue recognized at a point in time - 27 793 738 613 29 144
Revenue recognized over time 6 431 - - - 6 431
Revenue from external customers 6 431 27 793 738 613 35 576
Contribution margin 3 496 14 798 446 223 18 962
Contribution margin % 54.4% 53.2% 60.4% 36.4% 53.3%
Revenue from external customers specified per geographical area:
America 2 622 16 245 556 380 19 803
Europe - 9 804 - 232 10 036
Asia 3 809 1 744 182 1 5 737
Total 6 431 27 793 738 613 35 576
Order backlog 3 105 17 368 - - 20 473
The backlog is expected to be recognised as revenue within 24 months. Overview of non-current asset per geography
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Canada 30 053 31 884
France 2 101 3 486
Norway - -
China 3 17
South Korea - 3
USA 67 103
Total non-current assets 32 225 35 493
3FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Customer concentration
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Top 1 customer 6.7% 6.7%
Top 10 customers 30.5% 38.3%
Top 20 customers 45.2% 55.5%
There are no customers that represent ten per cent or more of the Group's total revenues on an annual basis in 2025.
2024 Amounts in CAD 1000 Systems & Equipment Materials Spare parts Other Total
Revenue recognized at a point in time - 26 504 915 380 27 799
Revenue recognized over time 9 367 - - - 9 367
Revenue from external customers 9 367 26 504 915 380 37 166
Contribution margin 5 931 9 083 607 380 16 001
Contribution margin % 63.3% 34.3% 66.4% 100.0% 43.1%
Revenue from external customers specified per geographical area:
North America 3 606 12 608 544 238 16 997
Europe 496 9 331 219 142 10 188
Asia 5 265 4 564 152 - 9 981
Total 9 367 26 504 915 380 37 166
Order backlog 4 781 11 921 - - 16 702
| 31
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 3 Other income Accounting principles and information related to grants and other income are described in the Organization and ac- counting principles. Disaggregation of other income
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Grant 620 973
Gain/loss disposals 31 3
Other (Litigation payment) - 2 938
Other Income 652 3 914
In 2025, the recognised grant includes CAD 564 thousand (2024: CAD 815 thousand) from the Canadian Federal Government's Strategic Innovation Fund (“SIF”), as part of an amended contribution agreement originally announced on June 28, 2018. The SIF program supports research and development initiatives aimed at advancing technology transfer, commercialization, and the growth of innovative firms. The agreement, extended to March 31, 2027, main- tains a maximum disbursement of CAD 20 million, with an accumulated CAD 11.7 million disbursed as of 2025 (2024: CAD 11.2 million). Other income derived from litigation payments pertains to the settlement received from AP&C as reimbursement for a portion of the legal expenses incurred by Tekna. Refer to Note 22 for additional details. Under the Investissement Québec government assistance program that ended in 2024, Tekna received funding tied to the creation of 75 new jobs in addition to the 105 existing jobs in Quebec as of 2017. These 75 jobs must be main- tained through at least March 31, 2028. The assistance has been recognized in the financial statements based on cash received to date. As of the reporting date, there are no related accruals recorded in the balance sheet, as the company has met the job creation and maintenance conditions thus far. However, a contingency exists: non- compliance with the job maintenance commitment could require repayment of the contribution at a rate of CAD 10 700 per year for each of the 75 jobs not sustained. Management continues to monitor compliance with the terms and conditions of the program, including employment- related commitments, and remains in ongoing communication with Investissement Québec regarding the application and interpretation of these conditions over the remaining period of the agreement.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 4 Remuneration and employee benefits
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Salaries 13 032 15 884
Social security contributions 2 202 2 770
Pension costs 460 476
Other benefits 590 802
Share-Based Compensation 167 20
Capitalized as development, inventories etc. -1 402 -3 559
Total employee benefit expenses 15 049 16 392
Average number of full time employees 170 201
Share option plan—Tekna Group The guidelines for remuneration of leading persons in the Tekna group was approved by the shareholders at the annu- al general assembly dated 3 May 2023. The establishment of the share option plan was approved by the shareholders at the annual general assembly dated 15 May 2024. The board of directors of Tekna Holding ASA (the "Company") has resolved to implement an employee share option plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is available to eligible individuals as determined by the board of directors. The Plan enables the eligible person to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company and to enhance the ability of the Company to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals. Options can be granted on an annual or ad hoc basis, with annual grants projected for 2024, 2025, and 2026, all subject to the board's discretion. Upon exercis- ing their options, option holders can choose between acquiring shares after paying the strike price or opting for a cashless transaction. The latter involves the transfer of a number of treasury shares equivalent to the NOK amount of the number of exercised options, multiplied by the difference between the Company's shares' market price and the strike price. On 21 November 2025, the board of directors has granted a total of 3,410,000 options in the 2025 allocation round. These options have a strike price of NOK 3.25. Issued options vest 33% after one year, 33% after two years, and 33% after three years. The expiry date for any option granted is the date falling 24 months following the vesting date and will lapse if not exercised. The share options plan has been treated as an equity-settled plan under IFRS. The strike price of the share options will be based on the volume weighted average share price over the last five last trading days preceding the grant date. The total profit each option holder may achieve shall be limited to the lesser of 400% of the fair market value of the
| 32
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 4 CONTINUED) share at grant, and 400% of annual fixed salary of the option holder in the year of grant. Set out below are summaries of options granted under the plan:
2025 2024
Average exercise price per share option Number of options Average exercise price per share option Number of options
As at 1 January 4.88 2 124 000 - -
Granted during the year 3.25 3 410 000 4.88 2 124 000
Exercised during the year - - - -
Forfeited during the year 4.88 -659 000 - -
As at 31 December 3.74 4 875 000 4.88 2 124 000
During 2025, certain share options were forfeited in connection with employee departures, resulting in a reduction in the number of outstanding options. No options expired during the periods covered by the tables above. Share options outstanding at the end of the year have the following expiry dates and exercise prices:
Grant Date End of period Contractual days remaining Expiry date price Exercise options 2025 Share Share options 2024
23 Oct 24 31 Dec 24 1 026 23 Oct 27 4.88 488 333
23 Oct 24 31 Dec 24 1 392 23 Oct 28 4.88 488 333
23 Oct 24 31 Dec 24 1 757 23 Oct 29 4.88 488 333
21 Nov 25 31 Dec 25 1 055 20 Nov 28 3.25 1 136 667
21 Nov 25 31 Dec 25 1 421 21 Nov 29 3.25 1 136 667
21 Nov 25 31 Dec 25 1 786 21 Nov 30 3.25 1 136 667
Total 3 410 000 1 465 000
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) of options outstanding at end of period: 3.92
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information
Name Title Share options
2025 2024
Luc Dionne CEO -319 000 319 000
Espen Schie CFO 200 000 140 000
Claude Jean CEO 1 000 000 -
Other executive management 720 000 560 000
Other key employees 1 150 000 1 105 000
Total share options 2 751 000 2 124 000
Fair value of options granted The assessed fair value at grant date of options granted during the year ended 31 December 2025 was NOK 0.8, 0.98 and 1.11 for the different vesting periods. The fair value at grant date is independently determined using an adjusted form of the Black-Scholes model that considers the exercise price, the term of the option, the share price at grand date and expected price volatility of the risk-free interest rate for the term of the option, and the volatilities of the peer group companies. The model inputs for options granted during the year ended 31 December 2025 included:
Vesting Year 2025 2026 2027
a) Options are granted for no consideration and vest after one, two and three years (service condition). Vested options are exerciseable for a period of 24 months years after vesting.
b) Share price 4.6 4.6 4.6
c) Exercise price 4.88 4.88 4.88
d) Risk free-rate (3, 4 and 5 year) 3.53% 3.53% 3.53%
e) Volatility 35% 38% 39%
f) Maturity 3 4 5
g) Days (360 per year) 1 080 1 440 1 800
h) Date of exercise 23 Oct 27 23 Oct 28 23 Oct 29
i) Valuation date 23 Oct 24 23 Oct 24 23 Oct 24
The estimated expected price volatility is based on the median of volatilities of the peer group companies over an his- torical period of 3-5 years since Tekna has a short historical period only. The estimated expected lifetime of the options is set at 3,4 and 5 years.
| 33
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 4 CONTINUED) Total expenses arising from share options are recognized during the period as part of employee benefit expenses and based on vesting of 84% regarding service condition from share options granted 2024 and 100% for share options granted 2025, which represent the actual churn, and adjusted for the profit cap of 400% of the fair market value of the share at grant.
Vesting Year 2026 2027 2028
a) Options are granted for no consideration and vest after one, two and three years (service condition). Vested options are exerciseable for a period of 24 months years after vesting.
b) Share price 3.15 3.15 3.15
c) Exercise price 3.25 3.25 3.25
d) Risk free-rate (3, 4 and 5 year) 3.81% 3.86% 3.91%
e) Volatility 32% 34% 34%
f) Maturity 3 4 5
g) Days (360 per year) 1 080 1 440 1 800
h) Date of exercise 20 Nov 28 21 Nov 29 21 Nov 30
i) Valuation date 21 Nov 25 21 Nov 25 21 Nov 25
Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognized during the period as part of employee ben- efit expense were as follows:
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 2023
Expense of options issued under employee share option plan 167 20 -
Total share options expenses 167 20 -
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 2023
Share price 31 Dec 2025 3.15 3.25 -
Intrinsic value (out-of-the money @ 4.88 exercise price) -0.10 -1.63 -
Number of subscription rights 3 410 000 2 124 000 -
Accrual payroll tax - - -
For this share-based incentive program no new shares have been issued during 2025. The share incentive program was only applicable in 2025 and no new shares have been purchased. For further information see the Remuneration Report.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 5 Other operating expenses
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Maintenance equipment & buildings 441 792
Marketing, travel and representation costs 731 1 020
Consultants and professional fees 1 243 1 348
IT costs 1 244 1 291
Bad debts -15 -513
Manufacturing overhead costs 3 980 3 577
Total operating expenses 7 624 7 515
For additional details regarding bad debt, please refer to Note 8 and note 15. Remuneration to auditor
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Statutory audit 460 500
Other assurance services 30 28
Tax advisory 42 52
Other non-audit services - -
Total remuneration to auditor 532 581
| 34
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 6 Income tax
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Tax payable on ordinary income 2 347 366
Adjustment for previous years - -
Current tax expense 2 347 366
Deferred tax expense -1 254 486
Total tax expense in the income statement 1 093 851
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Profit / (loss) before income tax -9 955 -10 299
Tax based on current ordinary tax rate -2 638 -2 729
Effect of non-deductible expenses 416 524
Effect of unrecognised tax loss carryforward 3 362 3 026
Effect of changed tax assessments for previous years -47 30
Total tax expense 1 093 851
Effective tax rate -10.97% -8.26%
Differed tax assets and liabilities
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 Assets Liabilities Net assets
Property, plant and equipment 1 198 - 1 198
Intangible assets - -1 119 -1 119
Other items 233 - 233
Restricted interest - EIFEL 999 - 999
Tax loss carryforward 20 986 - 20 986
Unrecognised tax assets -22 297 - -22 297
Recognised tax loss carryforward - - -
Deferred tax asset/liability 1 119 -1 119 -
Offsetting of assets and liabilities - -395 -395
Net deferred tax asset/liability 1 119 -1 514 -395
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information
Amounts in CAD 1000 2024 Assets Liabilities Net assets
Property, plant and equipment 767 - 767
Intangible assets - -1 179 -1 179
Other items 113 - 113
Restricted interest - EIFEL 1 241 - 1 241
Tax loss carryforward 21 225 - 21 225
Unrecognised tax assets -22 167 - -22 167
Recognised tax loss carryforward - - -
Deferred tax asset/liability 1 179 -1 179 -
Offsetting of assets and liabilities - -1 649 -1 649
Net deferred tax asset/liability 1 179 -2 828 -1 649
The Group discloses tax losses carried forward on a gross basis in the expiry analysis by jurisdiction. For Canadian purposes, federal and provincial loss balanc- es are computed under separate tax regimes and are presented side by side for expiry profile purposes; they should not be aggregated. Deferred tax assets related to tax losses are recognized only to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the losses can be utilized, and are measured using the enacted (or substantively enact- ed) tax rates applicable in each jurisdiction. Accordingly, amounts presented in the deferred tax table represent the tax effect of losses (i.e., losses multiplied by the applicable tax rate) and may differ from the gross loss carry forwards disclosed in the expiry analysis. The amount of losses carried forward subject to expi- ration represent CAD 65.8m for federal income tax purposes and CAD 67.6m for provincial tax purposes and CAD 7.6m from France that do not expire. The federal income tax rate is 15% and the provincial in- come tax rate is 11%. Some of the losses are expiring according to the following table:
Amounts in Canada France
CAD 1000 Year Federal Provincial
2044 1 769 1 542 -
2043 7 545 8 093 -
2042 19 726 19 726 -
2041 13 166 13 132 -
2040 3 258 3 171 -
2039 4 929 5 052 -
2038 3 297 3 300 -
2037 4 457 4 644 -
2036 2 288 2 288 -
2035 1 864 1 897 -
2034 1 890 3 151 -
2033 115 115 -
2032 292 291 -
2031 585 585 -
2030 260 260 -
2029 326 328 -
No expiry - - 7 634
65 767 67 574 7 634
| 35
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 7 Inventories Inventory stock
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Raw materials 5 998 8 104
Work in progress 622 493
Finished goods 7 774 8 664
Total inventories (net after provision for obsolescence) 14 394 17 261
Provision for obsolescence related to finished goods
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Balance at 1 january 5 894 4 737
New provisions recognised during the year 4 2 156
Provisions reversed -1 480 -999
Balance at 31 December 4 418 5 894
Provision slow moving When producing powder of a specific alloy, the process generates a distribution of size fractions, which are dedicated to various markets and applications. Some of the size fractions could accumulate in inventory, depending on the de- mand and on the level of market penetration. A provision for slow moving inventory is recorded by Tekna following a periodic review of historical sales data for each fraction as well as the growth rate of sales and order intake. The provi- sion could fluctuate depending on the level of inventory and the historic performance of sales.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 8 Trade and other receivables Trade receivables
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Trade receivables from contracts with customers 6 681 4 823
Loss allowance -102 -136
Total 6 579 4 687
Provision for losses *
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Balance at 1 january -136 -4 075
Change in expected losses and outstanding receivables -99 -121
Provisions reversed 114 1 078
Realized bad debts 19 3 044
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations -61
Balance at 31 December -102 -136
*For more information about credit risk and write-downs, see note 15. Other receivables
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Indirect Tax Receivable 312 735
Refundable deposit on Raw material 397 308
Grant and Investment tax credit receivable 258 273
Loan to employees - -
Prepaid Expenses 418 418
Total 1 385 1 734
Total trade and other receivables 7 964 6 421
*For more information about credit risk and write-downs, see note 15.
| 36
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 9 Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Total cash at bank 17 424 12 352
Restricted cash - -
Note 10 Property, plant and equipment
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 Vehicles, machinery and equipment Buildings and land RoU assets Total
Year ended 31 December 2025
Cost at 1 January 2025 29 607 13 387 5 105 48 099
Purchase of PPE, net of grants 979 120 133 1 232
Loan discount recognition -128 -20 - -148
Disposal -356 - - -356
Translation adjustments 346 97 181 624
Cost at 31 December 2025 30 448 13 584 5 419 49 451
Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2025 14 761 6 035 2 857 23 653
Depreciation 2 366 626 617 3 609
Disposal -320 - - -320
Translation adjustments 253 65 92 409
Accumulated depreciation at 31 December 2024 17 059 6 726 3 566 27 352
Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 13 389 6 858 1 853 22 099
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information (- Note 10 continued)
Amounts in CAD 1000 2024 Vehicles, machinery and equipment Buildings and land RoU assets Total
Year ended 31 December 2024
Cost at 1 January 2024 27 909 13 145 3 471 44 525
Purchase of PPE, net of grants 2 114 329 1 548 3 991
Loan discount recognition -510 -92 - -602
Disposal -13 -23 - -36
Translation adjustments 107 28 86 221
Cost at 31 December 2024 29 607 13 387 5 105 48 099
Accumulated depreciation at 1 January 2024 13 031 5 469 2 131 20 631
Depreciation 1 673 568 668 2 909
Disposal -13 -18 - -31
Translation adjustments 70 16 58 144
Accumulated depreciation at 31 December 2024 14 761 6 035 2 857 23 653
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 14 846 7 352 2 248 24 446
Property, plant and equipment is recognized at historical cost less depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Asset: Period:
Building 25 years
Equipment incl. development cost 5-8 years
Mobile infrastructure incl. development cost 25 years
Permanent systems incl. development cost 10 years
RoU assets 5-8 years
| 37
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 11 Intangible assets
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 Technologies IP and licenses Development Total
Year ended 31 December 2025 Cost at 1 January 2025 10 767 5 190 2 823 18 780
Additions, net of grants - 135 216 351
Loan discount recognition - -12 -29 -41
Disposal - -176 - -176
Translation adjustments - 3 - 3
Cost at 31 December 2025 10 767 5 140 3 010 18 917
1 January 2025 8 255 2 957 605 11 817
Amortization 718 260 129 1 107
Disposal - -28 - -28
Translation adjustments - 3 - 3
Accumulated amortization and impairment at 31 December 2025 8 973 3 192 734 12 899
Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 1 794 1 948 2 276 6 018
Estimated useful lives 15 years 15 years 10 years
Intangible assets are recognized at historical cost less amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with definite useful lives consist of ac- quired technology, internally generated intangible assets arising from development costs, as well as software licenses. Useful lives range from four to fifteen years. When indicators of impairment exist for intangible assets with definite useful lives, an impairment test is performed. In 2025, management performed an impairment assessment of patents and recognized an impairment charge of 176k, which is included in the results for the year. Development cost is recognized as an asset when it is identifiable and the company has the power to obtain the future economic benefits following from the underlying resource and to restrict the access of others to those benefits.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information
Amounts in CAD 1000 2024 Technologies IP and licenses Development Total
Year ended 31 December 2024
Cost at 1 January 2024 10 767 5 212 2 605 18 584
Additions, net of grants - 204 244 448
Loan discount recognition - -16 -26 -42
Write-off of capitalized license costs - -210 - -210
Cost at 31 December 2024 10 767 5 190 2 822 18 779
Accumulated amortization at 1 January 2024 7 538 2 785 476 10 799
Amortization 718 265 129 1 111
Write-off of capitalized license costs - -94 - -94
Translation adjustments - 1 - 1
Accumulated amortization and impairment at
31 December 2024 8 255 2 957 605 11 817
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 2 512 2 233 2 217 6 962
Estimated useful lives 15 years 15 years 10 years
| 38
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 12 Non-current receivables
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
R&D Tax Credit Receivable 4 107 4 085
Total non-current receivables 4 107 4 085
Credits by Expiry Year Amounts in CAD 1000 Canada France
2044 267 -
2043 237 -
2042 230 -
2041 248 -
2040 245 -
2039 475 -
2038 480 -
2037 465 -
2036 242 -
2035 256 -
2034 288 -
2033 255 -
2032 477 -
2031 77 -
2030 59 -
2029 358 -
No expiry - 287
R&D Tax Credit Carryovers 4 657 287
Unrecognized tax credits 837 -
R&D Tax Credit Carryovers, by Expiry Year A research and development (R&D) tax credit receivable of CAD 3.8 million is recognized in the balance sheet for Tekna Plasma Systems Inc., represent- ing federal tax credits for R&D activities. The recovery of this amount is depend- ent on the generation of future taxable profits. These credits expire 20 years from the date of issuance. A research and development (R&D) tax credit receivable of CAD 287 thousand is recognized in the balance sheet for Tekna Plasma Europe SAS, relating to the French Crédit d’Impôt Recherche (CIR). The recovery of this amount is dependent on future taxable profits. In France, CIR credits do not expire but are subject to specific utilization rules: they may be offset against corporate income tax when the company is profitable or refunded after a delay of up to four years if the company incurs losses. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 13 Leases This note provides information for leases where the group is a lessee. Amounts recognised in the balance sheet The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Total right-of-use assets 1 853 2 248
Current lease liabilities 660 647
Non-current lease liabilities 1 251 1 637
Total lease liabilities 1 910 2 284
Amounts recognised in the statement of income The statement of income shows the following amounts relating to leases:
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Total depreciation charge right-of-use assets 617 668
Interest expense 105 80
The group has no variable rate leases. Expenses in the statement of income related low value leases are immaterial to these financial statements.
| 39
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 14 Trade payables and other current liabilities
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Trade payables 2 742 3 741
Other current liabilities 4 792 5 217
Total 7 534 8 958
Trade payables are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 2 828 3 052
Accrued Labor cost / holiday pay 1 543 2 004
Accrued Bonus 421 161
Total 4 792 5 217
Specification of other current liabilities The accrued expenses account represents costs incurred by the company that have not yet been recorded in ac- counts payable.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 15 Financial risk and financial instruments This note explains the group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the group’s future financial performance. Current year profit and loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. Tekna operates on an international level, and produces spherical powders and nano powders, and delivers plasma systems for powder production of advanced materials. The Group's metal powders and plasma systems are produced for and delivered to a number of industrial sectors, such as aviation, aerospace, medical, mining and drilling and micro- electronics, and are delivered to its customers worldwide. The Group is headquartered in Canada and operates manu- facturing centres in Canada, as well as sales and distribution offices in France, China, South Korea and USA. Capital management Tekna’s capital management objectives are to ensure its ability to operate as a going concern, support ongoing busi- ness activities, and deliver sustainable returns to shareholders, while maintaining sufficient financial flexibility to pursue growth opportunities. Tekna defines its capital as total equity, including share capital, reserves, and retained earnings, as well as interest-bearing loans and borrowings, where applicable. In 2025, Tekna completed a new equity offering that raised approximately CAD 40 million, significantly strengthening its financial position. The proceeds were used, among other things, to repay approximately CAD 29 million of debt incurred during the prior years and to increase available liquidity by about CAD 11 million, thereby improving the Com- pany’s balance sheet and capital structure. Tekna is subject to externally imposed capital requirements in form of financial covenants of its borrowing facilities (bank overdraft), which stipulate a Net Interest Bearing Debt (NIBD) of less than 0 (<0). As of December 31, 2025, Tekna complied with these requirements. As part of its ongoing capital management strategy, Tekna also entered into a new banking agreement with Scotia- bank, which provides enhanced financial stability and increased flexibility to support current operations and future growth initiatives. Tekna actively manages its capital structure by monitoring economic conditions, operational cash flow requirements, and risks associated with its business activities. Key financial metrics, including leverage ratios and working capital levels, are regularly assessed to ensure alignment with the Company’s strategic objectives and financial health. | 40
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 15 CONTINUED) Following these transactions, Tekna continues to comply with externally imposed capital requirements, including finan- cial covenants associated with its banking facilities. The Board of Directors reviews the capital structure on a regular basis, and as needed in response to significant business developments, to ensure it remains appropriate to support Tekna’s long-term objectives. Currency risk Currency risk arises from the potential fluctuation in the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments due to changes in foreign exchange rates. This risk emerges when financial assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency other than the Group’s functional currency, which is the Canadian Dollar (CAD). The Group is exposed to foreign ex- change rate risk as its business transactions, operations, and sales are conducted in multiple currencies, including the Canadian Dollar (CAD), U.S. Dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Chinese Yuan (CNY), Indian Rupee (INR), and South Korean Won (KRW). Additionally, cash outflows are primarily denominated in CAD, USD, EUR, Norwegian Krone (NOK), and CNY, while cash inflows are mainly received in USD, EUR, CNY, and CAD (notably from governmental subsidies and grants). The Group manages currency risk through natural hedging, whereby the diversity of currencies in its revenue streams and expenditures partially offsets the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. For instance, inflows in USD, EUR, and CNY from sales align with outflows in these currencies for operational costs, reducing net exposure. The Group does not engage in formal hedging activities using derivative financial instruments, relying instead on this natural balance to mitigate risk. Unfavorable fluctuations in exchange rates could still affect the Group’s financial position, results of oper- ations, or cash flows, but the impact is generally limited due to the offsetting nature of currency movements across its global operations. The positive and negative effects of exchange rate changes vary depending on the specific currencies involved and the timing of transactions. Given the Group’s diversified currency exposure and natural hedging, a sensitivity analysis indicates that reasonably possible changes in foreign exchange rates would not have a material impact on the Group’s profit or equity. Management monitors currency risk on an ongoing basis and assesses the adequacy of its natural hedging strategy in light of market conditions and operational needs. Interest rate risk Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through its portfolio of financial instruments, which includes both fixed and floating interest rate components. Fixed-rate instruments expose the Group to fair value risk, while floating-rate instruments expose the Group to cash flow risk, as interest payments fluctuate with changes in mar- ket rates. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information As at December 31, 2025, the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk is summarized as follows: • Cash: Floating rate, subject to prevailing market rates. • Accounts receivable: Non-interest bearing, not exposed to interest rate risk. • Bank loan: Floating rate, with interest payments varying based on market conditions. • Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: Non-interest bearing, not exposed to interest rate risk. Long-term debt: Following the repayment in 2025 of the approximately CAD 29 million loan to Arendals Fossekompani ASA, long-term debt exposure to interest rate risk relates only to floating-rate borrowings outstanding at year-end. Other long-term obligations are non-interest bearing and therefore not exposed to interest rate risk. The Group does not currently use derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk. Management monitors market interest rate trends and regularly assesses the balance between fixed and floating rate instruments to mitigate potential adverse impacts on financial performance. As a result of the repayment of the AFK loan during 2025, the Group’s overall exposure to interest rate risk has been significantly re- duced and is primarily limited to its remaining bank loan and cash balances. To illustrate the potential impact of interest rate changes, a sensitivity analysis was performed. A reasonably possible increase or decrease of 100 basis points (1%) in market interest rates, with all other variables held constant, would affect the Group’s profit before tax as follows: Floating-rate instruments (bank loan and cash): An increase of 1% would increase annual interest expense and reduce profit before tax, while a decrease of 1% would have the opposite effect. The sensitivity analysis assumes a parallel shift in interest rates and does not account for potential management ac- tions to mitigate risk. Actual results may differ due to changes in the composition of the Group’s financial instruments or market conditions. Management reviews interest rate risk exposure on an ongoing basis to ensure it remains aligned with the Group’s financial strategy. Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group may encounter difficulty in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabili- ties as they fall due. The Group is primarily exposed to liquidity risk through its accounts payable and accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and obligations under committed credit facilities. | 41
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 15 CONTINUED) The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash balances and continued access to funding through committed credit facilities to ensure that it can meet its financial obligations when due. This approach includes main- taining flexibility in funding through available credit lines and actively monitoring liquidity levels to support operational and financial commitments. Management prepares rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity position, including cash and cash equivalents and undrawn borrowing facilities, based on expected cash flows, to anticipate and address potential liquidity needs. As at December 31, 2025, the Group continues to have access to committed credit facilities totaling USD 0.75 million and CAD 4.0 million. These facilities may be drawn at any time, subject to the specified limits, and are subject to termi- nation by the bank with notice in accordance with the terms of the agreements. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Group entered into a Facility Credit Agreement (CFA) with Scotiabank, pursuant to which the existing credit facilities are intended to be replaced by a new Demand credit facility totaling CAD 6.0 mil- lion, subject to the Group meeting the covenants and other conditions precedent set out in the agreement. Upon satis- faction of these conditions, the new facility is expected to enhance the Group’s liquidity position and financial flexibility. The Group’s liquidity risk is influenced by the timing of cash inflows from its operations, including revenues from Sys- tems and Materials sales, and cash outflows related to operating expenses and debt service. Management actively monitors these cash flows to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained to settle financial liabilities as they mature. Information on contractual maturities of financial liabilities are available in the table:
2025 Amounts in CAD 1000 Carrying amount Contractual cash flows 6 months or less 6 to 12 months 1 to 2 years 2 to 5 years Over 5 years
Lease liabilities 1 910 2 231 331 329 358 570 643
Trade and other payables 2 742 2 742 2 742 - - - -
Bank loan 1 496 1 496 1 496 - - - -
Borrowings 4 136 8 901 441 439 784 1 555 5 682
2024 Amounts in CAD 1000 Carrying amount Contractual cash flows 6 months or less 6 to 12 months 1 to 2 years 2 to 5 years Over 5 years
Lease liabilities 2 284 2 693 340 307 615 670 761
Trade and other payables 3 741 3 741 3 741 - - - -
Bank loan - - - - - - -
Borrowings 31 906 39 865 455 454 25 394 7 864 5 698
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty to a financial instrument will fail to meet its obligations, resulting in a financial loss to the Group. The Group’s primary exposure to credit risk arises from its cash and trade receivables, which repre- sent the main financial instruments subject to this risk. The Group’s cash is held with reputable, major financial institutions with high credit ratings, minimizing the risk of non- performance. Consequently, management considers the credit risk associated with cash balances to be negligible. Trade receivables, primarily arising from sales of Systems and Materials, expose the Group to credit risk if customers fail to settle amounts owed. To manage this risk, the Group maintains an allowance for expected credit losses on its trade receivables, which is assessed and updated regularly based on historical collection trends, customer creditwor- thiness, and economic conditions. As at December 31, 2024, all trade receivables have maturities of less than one year, reducing the duration of credit exposure. To further mitigate credit risk, the Group employs proactive measures, including regular monitoring of customer credit profiles and requiring advance payments or letters of credit for Systems contracts, which typically involve higher trans- action values and longer delivery timelines. These practices help secure payment and reduce the likelihood of default, particularly for significant contracts with universities, research labs, and industrial clients. Historically, the Group has not incurred material losses from trade receivable defaults, reflecting the effectiveness of its credit risk management processes. Financial assets, including trade receivables, are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery—for example, when a debtor fails to engage in a repayment plan or is deemed insolvent. Even after write-off, the Group continues enforcement efforts to recover amounts due, such as through legal action or collection agencies. Any sub- sequent recoveries are recognized in profit or loss as they occur, offsetting prior impairments. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of its cash and trade receiv- ables, as disclosed in the statement of financial position, net of any allowances for expected credit losses. Manage- ment considers the concentration of credit risk to be low due to the diverse customer base spanning multiple industries and geographies, including aerospace, defense, medical, and research sectors. | 42
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex - NOTE 15 CONTINUED) Trade receivables
External customer rec not due External customer rec 1-30 days past due External customer rec 31-60 days past due External customer rec 61-90 days past due External customer rec > 90 days past due Trade accounts receivable
Amounts in CAD 1000
2025
Outstanding trade receivables 4 577 1 035 120 821 127 6 681
Provision for losses - - - - -102 -102
2024
Outstanding trade receivables 3 092 1 309 201 - 221 4 823
Provision for losses - - - - -136 -136
Provisions for losses are based on individual assessment of each item and customer. Expected loss in categories with- out any provisions made is based on the assumption that there are not risk of any material losses. For additional details regarding bad debt, please refer to note 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 43
Contents Introduction Performance NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 16 Borrowings This note provides information on the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings. For more information on the Group’s interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk see Note 15. On April 11, 2023, a CAD 25.0 million term loan facility, structured in three tranches, was made available to Tekna by Arendals Fossekompani ASA until June 2024. The facil- ity consisted of three tranches of CAD 10.0 million, CAD 10.0 million and CAD 5.0 mil- lion, each with a contractual maturity of three years. The third and final tranche of CAD 5.0 million was drawn in March 2024. Interest on the loan accrued and was capitalized to the principal at the end of each inter- est period (payment-in-kind) and was calculated at a margin of 300 basis points over the Canadian interbank 3-month CORRA rate. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Group fully repaid the term loan facility with Aren- dals Fossekompani ASA, including accrued interest. As a result, no amount related to this loan was outstanding on the balance sheet as at December 31, 2025. Tekna Holding ASA has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities at year end 2025. The credit limit on the existing bank credit facilities is CAD 4.0 million and USD 0.75 million. In addition, Tekna Holdings Canada Inc. has entered into an agreement with Scotiabank for a Demand credit facility totaling CAD 6.0 million. The Company is currently in the process of meeting the covenants and other conditions precedent set out in the Credit Facility Agreement (CFA) before the facility becomes available CAD 6.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex The table below reconciles the movement in financial liabilities to cash flow from financing activities.
Borrowings Lease liabilities Bank loan (ST) Total financial liabilities
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
Balance at 1 January 31 907 25 064 2 284 1 369 - - 34 191 26 433
New loans 613 6 873 - - 1 496 - 2 109 6 873
Capitalized interest on loan 1 535 1 946 - - - - 1 535 1 946
Cash Flow - repayment -29 944 -1 263 -596 -661 - - -30 540 -1 925
Write-off of license liability (non-cash) - -116 - - - - - -116
FX variation loss (gain) - - 90 29 - - 90 29
New leases (non-cash) - - 133 1 548 - - 133 1 548
Loan discount recognition -418 -999 - - - - -418 -999
discounted loan 443 402 - - - - 443 402
Total debt 4 136 31 907 1 910 2 284 1 496 - 7 541 34 191
Short-term portion -380 -420 -660 -647 -1 496 - -2 536 -1 067
Balance long-term portion at 31 December 2025 3 756 31 486 1 251 1 637 - - 5 006 33 123
For more information regarding Loan discount recognition and Accretion of discounted loan, please refer to Financial Liabilities: Interest-Free Loans in Organization and accounting principles.
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Loans secured by pledged assets
Building and land 937 1 006
Machinery and equipment
Universality of movable and immovable property, tangible and intangible, current and future 755 1 164
Universality of movable property, tangible and intangible, current and future
Total non-current borrowings secured by pledged assets 1 692 2 170
| 44
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 17 Finance items
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Interest income 167 341
Currency exchange income 818 350
Total Finance income 986 691
Leasing interest 105 80
Interest expense 1 672 2 068
Accretion of discounted loan 443 402
Loan discount recognition adjustment - -
Currency exchange expense 796 427
Total finance cost 3 016 2 977
Net finance items -2 030 -2 286
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 18 Share information
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Share capital 38 627 37 850
Share premium 483 920 459 410
At 31 December 2025 there were 227 462 233 ordinary shares each with a par value of NOK 1.15. They entitle the holder to participate in dividends, and to share in the proceeds of winding up the company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On 13 November 2025, an extraordinary general meeting ("EGM") approved a share capital reduction and a subse- quent rights issue. The share capital was reduced by NOK 108 342 898.05 through a reduction of the nominal value of the Company's shares from NOK 2.00 to NOK 1.15. The reduction amount was allocated to reserves to be used in accordance with the general meeting's resolution. The EGM further approved a rights issue of 100 000 000 new shares, each with a nominal value of NOK 1.15, at a subscription price of NOK 3.00 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of NOK 300 million. Following completion of the rights issue, the Company's share capital increased by NOK 115 000 000 to NOK 261 581 567.95, divided into 227 462 233 shares, each with a nominal value of NOK 1.15. The share capital reduction and the subsequent share capital increase were registered with the Norwegian Register of Business Enterprises on 10 December 2025, and the new shares became tradable on Euronext Oslo Børs from 12 December 2025.
There were no paid out dividends in 2025. In 2024, Tekna Holding ASA issued 2 234 887 new shares to settle obligations under the Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP) established in 2021. As part of the settlement, certain employees elected to use their share entitlement to repay outstanding loans provided by Tekna Holdings Canada Inc.. The net impact on equity of CAD 722 thousand reflects the value of loans extinguished through a corresponding reduction in shares issued.
| 45
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 18 CONTINUED)
Major shareholders at year-end 2025 Number of shares % of total Country
ARENDALS FOSSEKOMPANI ASA 164 637 743 72.38% NOR
MUST INVEST AS 8 141 144 3.58% NOR
ULFOSS INVEST AS 5 883 950 2.59% NOR
HAVFONN AS 5 199 283 2.29% NOR
KVANTIA AS 2 354 862 1.04% NOR
JOCO AS 1 399 977 0.62% NOR
TIBIDABO INVEST AS 1 343 484 0.59% NOR
VICTORIA INDIA FUND AS 1 331 883 0.59% NOR
MP PENSJON PK 1 307 280 0.57% NOR
Other 35 862 627 15.77% Various
Total number of shares 227 462 233 100.00%
Note 19 Earnings per share Basic earnings per share are based on profit attributable to the equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of outstanding ordinary shares.
Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024
Net profit for the year -11 048 -11 150
Attributable to non-controlling interests - -114
Attributable to ordinary shares -11 048 -11 036
Basic weighted number of ordinary shares 134 859 493 127 028 689
Diluted weighted number of ordinary shares 134 859 493 127 028 689
Number of shares end of period 227 462 233 127 462 233
Basic earnings per share -0.08 -0.09
Diluted earnings per share -0.08 -0.09
The options under the share option program are not in the money by 31.12.2025 and are not dilutive. The options may be dilutive in the future. For further information with regards to the share option program, see note 4.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Note 20 Subsidiaries
Company Ownership held by the group Ownership held by the non- controlling interests Domicile
Tekna Holdings Canada Inc. 100.00% Canada
Tekna Plasma Systems Inc. 100.00% Canada
Tekna Advanced Materials Inc. 100.00% Canada
Tekna Plasma Europe S.A.S. 100.00% France
Tekna Plasma Systems Suzhou Co. Ltd. 100.00% China
Tekna Plasma India Pr. Ltd. 100.00% India
Tekna Inc. 100.00% USA
Tekna Plasma Korea Co. Ltd. 100.00% South Korea
| 46
Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Findex NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 21 Related parties At year end Arendals Fossekompani ASA (“AFK”) owned 164 637 743 shares, representing 72.38 % of the total num- ber of shares in Tekna. Executive management and Board of Directors compensation 2025 and number of shares owned 31 December 2025
Name Title Salaries, fees Previous year's bonus paid out this year Other benefits Pension Total remuneration Share based compensation Own Shareholdings Shareholding through related Parties Number of shares in Tekna Holding ASA
Senior executives
Luc Dionne[8] CEO 156 - 18 - 174 - 35 437 - 35 437
Espen Schie CFO THASA 317 - 2 15 333 - - 404 444 404 444
Claude Jean[9] CEO 231 - 6 9 247 - 120 000 - 120 000
Other executive management 850 45 25 130 1 049 - 675 052 - 675 052
Total 1 555 45 51 154 1 804 - 830 489 404 444 1 234 933
Board members, audit committee
Dag Teigland[1,2] Chair 84 - 1 454 123 1 454 123
Torkil Sigurd Mogstad[2,6] Board Observer - - 93 017 93 017
Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier[2,7] Member of Board - - 50 333 50 333
Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes[2] Member of Board - 50 000 - 50 000
Anne-Lise Meyer[3] Member of Board 78 - - -
Barbara Thierart Perrin[4] Member of Board 64 - - -
Kristin Skau Åbyholm[5] Member of Board 70 - 3 841 109 3 841 109
Total 295 - - - - 50 000 5 438 582 5 488 582
Board of Directors remunerated corresponds to fees paid in the period, as elected, for the period May 2024 until April 2025. Board of Directors remuneration provision corresponds to accrued provisions for fees, for the period May 2025 until December 2025. The CEO’s period of notice is two (2) months, with a period of pay of six (6) months after termination of employment if the CEO is dismissed by the company. The other members of the Group Executive have a period of notice varying from four (4) weeks to eight (8) weeks.
(continue on next page) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Notes to table [1] Dag Teigland representing Tibidabo Industrier AS with 110 639 shares and Tibidabo Invest AS with 1 343 484 shares. On 22 May 2023, Dag Teigland bought, through his wholly owned company Tibidabo Invest AS, 678 818 shares from AFK, with a 20% discount against a lock-up period of 3 years. [2] Representing AFK with 164 637 743 shares [3] Anne-Lise Meyer elected until May 2025. [4] Barbara Thierart Perrin elected until May 2025. [5] Kristin Skau Åbyholm representing 1 331 883 shares in Victoria India Fund AS, 2 354 862 in Kvantia AS and 154 364 Caaby AS. [6] Torkil Mogstad representing 93 017 shares in Loma Plata AS. [7] Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier representing 50 333 shares in Damglott AS. [8] Luc Dionne was CEO until April 27, 2025. [9] Claude Jean is CEO since April 28, 2025 | 47
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 48 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex The purpose of Tekna's compensation and benefits policy is to attract personnel with the competence that the Group requires, develop and retain employees with key expertise and promote a long-term perspective and continuous im- provement supporting achievement of Tekna's business goals. The general approach adopted in Tekna's policy is to pay fixed salaries and pensions in line market prices, while offering variable pay linked to results for bonus. a) Fixed elements b) Variable elements – annual bonus Executives in Tekna participate in the Group’s central annual bonus program. The program has a maximum ceiling of 20% of the executive’s fixed salary and 50% for CEO. The basis for bonus payments is based on financial targets and performance strategic KPIs. In addition, the Group has share-based incentive programs described in (c) below. (c) Share option plan - Tekna Group The establishment of the share option plan was approved by the shareholders at the annual general assembly dated 15 May 2024. On 11 November 2025, the board of directors has granted a total of 2 025 000 options in the 2025 allo- cation round. These options have a strike price of NOK 3.25. Issued options vest 33% after one year, 33% after two years, and 33% after three years. The expiry date for any option granted is the date falling 24 months following the vesting date and will lapse if not exercised. Please refer to Note 4 and the Remuneration Report for more information. Note 22 Contingent liabilities In January 2019, Tekna Plasma Systems Inc. filed a lawsuit in Federal Court against AP&C Advanced Powders & Coatings Inc., a subsidiary of GE Aerospace, challenging the validity of Canadian patents 3,003,502 and 3,051,236. AP&C counterclaimed for infringement. On 7 June 2024, the Federal Court ruled in Tekna's favour, declaring the patents largely invalid and not infringed. A second decision on 5 December 2024 ordered AP&C to pay Tekna CAD 2.9 million in partial legal costs, which was received in December 2024. As at the balance sheet date, AP&C had ap- pealed both decisions. If successful, Tekna could have faced repaying the CAD 2.9 million and potentially additional damages. For the post-balance-sheet resolution, refer to Note 23. Note 23 Subsequent events Appeal process with AP&C On 22 January 2026, the Federal Court of Appeal unanimously dismissed AP&C's appeal of the trial judgment, upholding the finding that the asserted patents were largely invalid and all claims non-infringed. AP&C subsequently discontinued its appeal of the CAD 2.9 million cost award on 13 February 2026. The patent litigation is thereby fully concluded in Tekna's favour. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 21 CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 49 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Parent Financial Statements Income Statement Other Comprehensive Income Amounts in CAD 1000 Note FY 2025 FY 2024 Items that may be reclassified to statement of income Items that may be reclassified to statement of income - - Items that will not be reclassified to statement of income Items that will not be reclassified to statement of income - - Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of tax - - Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period -98 792 2 932 Attributable to equity holders of the company -98 792 2 932 Amounts in CAD 1000 Note FY 2025 FY 2024 Employee benefit expenses 1 214 277 Other operating expenses 2 1 137 1 069 Net operating income/(loss) -1 350 -1 346 Finance income 7 4 474 5 470 Finance costs 7 100 775 372 Profit/(loss) before income tax -97 652 3 753 Income tax expense 3 1 140 821 Profit/(loss) for the period -98 792 2 932 Attributable to equity holders of the company -98 792 2 932
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 50 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Balance Sheet PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Arendal, 8 April 2026 The Board of Directors and CEO of Tekna Holding ASA This document was electronically signed. Kristin Skau Åbyholm Member of the Board Claude Jean CEO Dag Teigland Chair of the Board Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier Member of the Board Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes Member of the Board Amounts in CAD 1000 Note 2025-12-31 2024-12-31 Non-current assets Investment in subsidiaries 4 9 115 100 526 Intercompany loans 6 99 894 77 438 Total non-current assets 109 008 177 965 Current assets Trade and other receivables 6 -15 17 Cash and cash equivalents 5 11 327 563 Total current assets 11 311 579 Total assets 120 320 178 544 Amounts in CAD 1000 Note 2025-12-31 2024-12-31 Equity Share capital and share premium 522 546 497 260 Other reserves -404 816 -321 126 Capital and reserves attributable to holders of the company 117 730 176 135 Total equity 117 730 176 135 Non-current liabilities Deferred tax liabilities 3 395 1 649 Total non-current liabilities 395 1 649 Current liabilities Trade and other payables 7 194 203 Payable income tax 3 1 891 335 Other current liabilities 6 109 223 Total current liabilities 2 194 761 Total liabilities and equity 120 320 178 544
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 51 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Changes in Equity PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Share capital and share premium Other reserves Total Balance at 1 January 2024 494 956 -324 058 170 898 - 170 898 Profit/(loss) for the period - 2 932 2 932 - 2 932 Other comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - - Issue of stock 2 304 - 2 304 - 2 304 Balance at 31 December 2024 497 260 -321 126 176 135 - 176 135 Balance at 1 January 2025 497 260 -321 126 176 135 - 176 135 Profit/(loss) for the period - -98 792 -98 792 - -98 792 Other comprehensive income/(loss) - - - - - Reduction of share capital -15 102 15 102 - - - Issue of stock 40 388 - 40 388 - 40 388 Balance at 31 December 2025 522 546 -404 816 117 730 - 117 730 Amounts in CAD 1000 Non- controlling interests Total equity Attributable to equity holders of the Company
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 52 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Cash flow PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Amounts in CAD 1000 Note FY 2025 FY 2024 Cash flow from operating activities Net profit/(loss) -98 792 2 932 Tax expense 3 1 140 821 Impairment loss 100 000 - Net other financial items -344 -1 774 Capitalized interest on intercompany loans -3 354 -3 325 Total after adjustments to profit before income tax -1 350 -1 346 Change in trade and other receivables 32 253 Change in trade and other payables -123 -485 Total after adjustments to net assets -1 441 -1 579 Change in tax paid -837 -330 Net cash from operating activities -2 278 -1 908 Amounts in CAD 1000 Note FY 2025 FY 2024 Cash flow from investing activities Interest received and realized FX gains 334 1 782 Purchase of shares in subsidiaries - -722 Net cash flow from investing activities 334 1 060 Cash flow from financing activities Proceeds from issue of shares 40 388 - Loans to subsidiaries -27 081 - Interest paid and realized FX losses -599 -8 Net cash flow from financing activities 12 708 -8 Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 10 764 -857 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 563 1 419 Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 11 327 563
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 53 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Notes to the Parent Financial Statements Accounting principles The financial statements comprise the statement of income, statement of financial position, statement of cash flows, and related notes. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act §3- 9 and Regulations for simplified IFRS issued by the Ministry of Finance on 10 December 2019 (generally accepted accounting principles). This means that recognition and measurement comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and the presentation and disclosures are in accordance with the Norwegian Accounting Act and general accepted accounting practice. All amounts are in CAD, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities, financial position, and income. When applying accounting principles and presenting transactions and other matters, emphasis is placed on economic realities, not just legal form. Contingent losses that are probable and quantifiable are expensed. Transactions are rec- orded at the value of the consideration at the time of execution. Revenue is recognized in the accounting period in which they are earned and associated costs are matched with revenues. Assets and liabilities that are due within one year after the balance sheet date are classified as current assets or cur- rent liabilities. Current assets and liabilities are valued at the lowest or highest value of acquisition cost and fair value. Fair value is defined as the estimated future sales price less expected sales costs. Other assets are classified as fixed assets. Corresponding principles are normally used as a basis for liability items. Use of estimates In the preparation of the annual accounts, estimates and assumptions have been applied that have affected the state- ment of income and the valuation of assets and liabilities, as well as doubtful assets and liabilities on the balance sheet date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Areas that to a large extent contain such discretion- ary assessments, a high degree of complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are material to the financial statements, are described in the notes. Foreign currency Foreign currency transactions are translated at the exchange rate at the time of execution. Cash items in foreign cur- rency are translated into Norwegian kroner using the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Non-cash items meas- ured at the historical exchange rate expressed in foreign currency are translated into Norwegian kroner using the ex- change rate at the time of execution. Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value expressed in foreign curren- cy are translated at the exchange rate determined at the measurement date. Exchange rate fluctuations are recog- nized in the statement of income on an ongoing basis during the accounting period under other financial income/costs. Tax Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax. Deferred tax is calculated at 22% percent on the basis of existing temporary differences between accounting and tax values together with tax loss carry forward at the year end. Tax-increasing and tax-reducing temporary differences that are reversed or can be re- versed in the same period are offset and netted. Net deferred tax assets are recognized in the balance sheet to the extent that it is probable that this can be utilized. Non-current financial assets Fixed assets include assets intended for permanent ownership and use. Long-term receivables are carried at the nomi- nal amount at the time of the transaction. Long-term receivables in foreign currency are carried in the balance sheet based on the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Current assets Current assets and current liabilities normally include items that due within one year after the balance sheet date, as well as items related to the product cycle. Current assets are valued at the lower of acquisition cost and fair value. Current liabilities are carried at the nominal amount at the time of the transaction. Subsidiaries Investments in subsidiaries are evaluated at lower of cost or fair value. Any impairment losses and reversal of impair- ment losses are classified as net gains (loss and impairment) on financial assets in the income statement. An impair- ment to fair value has been recognized when impairment is due to reasons that cannot be expected to be temporary, and it is necessary in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Impairment losses are reversed when the basis for impairment is no longer present.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 54 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES - CONTINUED) Receivables Trade receivables and other receivables are carried at face value after deduction of provisions for expected credit loss- es. Provisions for credit losses are made on the basis of a separate assessment of the individual receivables. For other accounts receivable, an unspecified provision is made to cover expected losses. Statement of cash flows The cash flow statement has been prepared according to the indirect method. Cash and cash equivalents include cash, bank deposits and other short-term, liquid investments. Note 1 Remuneration and employee benefits The company has no employees. Salaries listed are related to Board of Directors’ compensation. The company is not required to have an occupational pension scheme in accordance with Norwegian law on obligatory occupational pension (“lov om obligatorisk tjenestepensjon”). Note 2 Other operating expenses Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Audit and other fees 280 245 Marketing, travel and representation costs 42 18 ICT expenses - - Other expenses 324 353 Intercompany expenses 491 453 Total operating expenses 1 137 1 069 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Statutory audit 133 150 Other assurance services 46 21 Tax advisory - - Other non-audit services - - Total remuneration to auditor 179 171 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Salaries 182 235 Social security contributions 32 42 Pension costs - - Other benefits - - Capitalized as development, inventories etc. - - Total employee benefit expenses 214 277
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 55 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 3 Tax Income tax - current year The tax effect of temporary differences and loss carry forwards that have given rise to deferred tax and deferred tax asset, specified by type of temporary differences. Deferred tax asset is not carried in the balance sheet. Deferred tax liability is carried in the balance sheet. Statutory tax rate in Norway was 22.00% in 2024 and 2025. The 22% tax rate was used to calculate Deferred tax assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2025. Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Tax payable on general income 1 949 335 Adjustment for previous years 445 - Total current tax 2 394 335 Effect of change in temporary differences -1 254 486 Effect of changed tax rate - - Total deferred tax expense -1 254 486 Total tax expense in the income statement 1 140 821 Reconciliation of effective tax rate Total pre tax income -97 652 3 753 Tax based on current ordinary tax rate -21 483 826 Effect of different tax rates abroad 403 - Effect of non-deductible expenses 21 775 - Effect of non-taxable income - -5 Over-/underprovision relating to previous years 445 - Tax expense in reconciliation of effective tax rate 1 140 821 Current ordinary tax rate in Norway 22.00% 22.00% Effective tax rate (1.17)% 21.87% Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Accumulated loss carryforward - - Not included in basis for calculation of deferred tax - - Change in deferred tax liability -1 254 486 Deferred tax asset/liability - -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 56 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 4 Investments in Subsidiaries Consolidated accounts for Tekna Holdings Canada Inc for 2025 reported a net loss of CAD 12 257 thousands and booked equity of negative CAD 52 712 thousands. Tekna Holdings Canada Inc owns 100 % of the following 7 subsidiaries: • Tekna Plasma Systems Inc.; Canada • Tekna Advanced Materials Inc.; Canada • Tekna Plasma Europe S.A.S.; France • Tekna Plasma Systems Suzhou Co. Ltd.; China • Tekna Plasma India Pr. Ltd.; India • Tekna Inc.; USA • Tekna Plasma Korea Co. Ltd.; South Korea Note 5 Cash and cash equivalents Tax deduction deposits (restricted deposits) amounts to zero. Ownership held by the group Value in Tekna Holding ASA balance sheet Company Domicile 2025 2024 2025 2024 Tekna Holding Canada Inc. Canada 100.00% 100.00% 9 114 718 100 526 068 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Total cash at bank 11 327 563 Restricted cash - -
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 57 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 6 Intercompany balances Loans to group companies consists of one loan in CAD The CAD 99.9 million loan is to the subsidiary Tekna Holdings Canada Inc. The loan will be repaid with CAD 500 000 every quarter from 15 June 2026. Interest on the loan is calculated at a rate corresponding to 3-month Term CORRA + 2% on an annual basis. Note 7 Financial items Finance income An impairment loss of CAD 100 million was recorded in 2025. The investment in the subsidiary Tekna Holdings Cana- da Inc. was impaired to the average market value of Tekna Holding ASA during the second half of 2025, as quoted on the Oslo Stock Exchange, less net debt, to CAD 9.1 million. Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Intercompany loans to group companies 99 894 77 438 Trade accounts receivables from group companies -15 17 Total intercompany receivables 99 878 77 455 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Trade accounts payables to group companies 64 42 Total intercompany payables 64 42 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Interest income 13 7 Currency exchange income (net) 785 545 Interest Income, intercompany 321 1 593 Interest income intercompany, capitalized 3 354 3 325 Total financial income 4 474 5 470 Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Interest expense - 8 Currency exchange expense (net) 763 364 Other finance cost 12 - Interest expense, intercompany - - Impairment loss 100 000 - Total financial expense 100 775 372
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 58 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Note 8 Financial risk The company's operations consist of financing the operations of the subsidiaries. The company is exposed to various types of financial risk: market risk (including currency, interest rate and market price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The company is somewhat sensitive to currency exchange rate fluctuations, limited cash flows, relatively low interest rate exposure. Interest rate risk The company has loans to group companies with interest rate returns based on the 3 month CORRA; see note 6. Returns from interest rates on bank deposits are also exposed to rate levels. The funds are deposited at a floating in- terest rate. Credit risk The company is only exposed to credit risk on receivables from subsidiaries. The risk that counterparties do not have the financial ability to meet their obligations is considered moderate. Currency risk The company’s currency exposure is related to NOK expenses and CAD receivables from subsidiaries, as well as bank deposits. Market price risk The company’s is mainly invested in subsidiaries and associated companies. The value of these investments is to a high degree connected to the underlying operations of these companies. Liquidity risk The company is financed through a combination of bank and equity financing. See note 6 for more information on un- used credit facilities. Note 9 Share Capital and Shareholder Information At 31 December 2025 there were 227 462 233 ordinary shares each with a par value of NOK 1.15. They entitle the holder to participate in dividends, and to share in the proceeds of winding up the company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. There were no paid out dividends in 2025. At year end Arendals Fossekompani ASA (“AFK”) owned 164 637 743 shares, representing 72.38 % of the total num- ber of shares in Tekna. Board of Directors remunerated corresponds to fees paid in the period, as elected, for the period May 2024 until April 2025. Board of Directors remuneration provision corresponds to accrued provisions for fees, for the period May 2025 until December 2025. Major shareholders at year-end 2025 Number of shares % of total Country ARENDALS FOSSEKOMPANI ASA 164 637 743 72.38% NOR MUST INVEST AS 8 141 144 3.58% NOR ULFOSS INVEST AS 5 883 950 2.59% NOR HAVFONN AS 5 199 283 2.29% NOR KVANTIA AS 2 354 862 1.04% NOR JOCO AS 1 399 977 0.62% NOR TIBIDABO INVEST AS 1 343 484 0.59% NOR VICTORIA INDIA FUND AS 1 331 883 0.59% NOR MP PENSJON PK 1 307 280 0.57% NOR Other 35 862 627 15.77% Various Total number of shares 227 462 233 100.00% Amounts in CAD 1000 2025 2024 Share capital 38 627 37 850 Share premium 483 920 459 410 Count in 1000 Ordinary shares 227 462 127 462
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 59 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- NOTE 9 CONTINUED) The CEO’s period of notice is two (2) months, with a period of pay of six (6) months after termination of employment if the CEO is dismissed by the company. The other members of the Group Executive have a period of notice varying from four (4) weeks to eight (8) weeks. The purpose of Tekna's compensation and benefits policy is to attract personnel with the competence that the Group requires, develop and retain employees with key expertise and promote a long-term perspective and continuous im- provement supporting achievement of Tekna's business goals. The general approach adopted in Tekna's policy is to pay fixed salaries and pensions in line market prices, while offering variable pay linked to results for bonus. a) Fixed elements b) Variable elements – annual bonus Executives in Tekna participate in the Group’s central annual bonus program. The program has a maximum ceiling of 20% of the executive’s fixed salary and 50% for CEO. The basis for bonus payments is based on financial targets and performance strategic KPIs. In addition, the Group has share-based incentive programs described in (c) below. (c) Share option plan - Tekna Group The establishment of the share option plan was approved by the shareholders at the annual general assembly dated 15 May 2024. On 11 November 2025, the board of directors has granted a total of 2 025 000 options in the 2025 allo- cation round. These options have a strike price of NOK 3.25. Issued options vest 33% after one year, 33% after two years, and 33% after three years. The expiry date for any option granted is the date falling 24 months following the vesting date and will lapse if not exercised. Please refer to Note 4 of consolidated statements and the Remuneration Report for more information. Notes to table [1] Dag Teigland representing Tibidabo Industrier AS with 110 639 shares and Tibidabo Invest AS with 1 343 484 shares. On 22 May 2023, Dag Tei- gland bought, through his wholly owned company Tibidabo Invest AS, 678 818 shares from AFK, with a 20% discount against a lock-up period of 3 years. [2] Representing AFK with 164 637 743 shares [3] Anne-Lise Meyer elected until May 2025. [4] Barbara Thierart Perrin elected until May 2025. [5] Kristin Skau Åbyholm representing 1 331 883 shares in Victoria India Fund AS, 2 354 862 in Kvantia AS and Caaby AS 154 364. [6] Torkil Mogstad representing 93 017 shares in Loma Plata AS. [7] Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier representing 50 333 shares in Damglott AS. [8] Luc Dionne was CEO until April 27, 2025. [9] Claude Jean is CEO since April 28, 2025 Name Title Salaries, fees Previous year's bonus paid out this year Other benefits Pension Total remuneration Share based compensation Own Shareholdings Shareholding through related Parties Number of shares in Tekna Holding ASA Senior executives Luc Dionne [8] CEO 156 - 18 - 174 - 35 437 - 35 437 Espen Schie CFO THASA 317 - 2 15 333 - - 404 444 404 444 Claude Jean [9] CEO 231 - 6 9 247 - 120 000 - 120 000 Other executive management 850 45 25 130 1 049 - 675 052 - 675 052 Total 1 555 45 51 154 1 804 - 830 489 404 444 1 234 933 Board members, audit committee Dag Teigland [1,2] Chair 84 - 1 454 123 1 454 123 Torkil Sigurd Mogstad [2,6] Board Observer - - 93 017 93 017 Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier [2,7] Member of Board - - 50 333 50 333 Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes [2] Member of Board - 50 000 - 50 000 Anne-Lise Meyer [3] Member of Board 78 - - - Barbara Thierart Perrin [4] Member of Board 64 - - - Kristin Skau Åbyholm [5] Member of Board 70 - 3 841 109 3 841 109 Total 295 - - - - 50 000 5 438 582 5 488 582
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 60 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex NOTES TO PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (- CONTINUED) 10 Subsequent Events There are no subsequent events after the balance sheet date that have a material impact on the financial statements of the parent company, Tekna Holding ASA. For subsequent events at Group level, refer to Note 23 of the consolidat- ed financial statements.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 61 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex Independent auditor’s report
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 62 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 63 Contents Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Findex INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT (CONTINUED)
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 64 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Corporate Governance Governance and Risk management ............................ 65 Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team ...... 66 Implementation and reporting on corporate governance ......... 68 The business ............................ 68 Equity and dividends................. 69 Equal treatment of shareholders and transactions with close associates ............................... 69 Shares and negotiability............ 69 General meetings ..................... 69 The nomination committee ....... 70 Board of Directors: composition and independence.................... 70 Work of the Board of Directors .................................. 70 Risk Management and Internal Control ..................................... 71 Board remuneration ................. 71 Remuneration for executive personnel ................................. 71 Information and communication......................... 71 Take-over situations ................. 71 Auditor ..................................... 72 Corporate Governance Report
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 65 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Corporate Governance Incorporating best governance standards Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) A diligent process from identification to monitoring Segregation of duties Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team To ensure Tekna benefits from strong govern- ance there is a segregation between the mem- bers of the Executive Leadership Team and the members of the Board of Directors. The comple- mentary profiles of Dag Teigland and Claude Jean enable a transparent and balanced ex- change between the Board of Directors and the Executive Leadership Team. Diversity and skills The board of directors has a diverse range of profiles, skills, expertise and experience improv- ing the company’s preparedness to navigate an increasingly complex business environment. The following relevant skills and experiences are included: Metals, Aerospace, and other indus- tries, IT security, Strategy, Finance and controls, M&A and international experience. Committees addressing important topics This year Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes and Kristin Skau Åbyholm took responsibility for the Audit Commit- tee. Reporting to them is the Ethics and Compliance Committee as well as External Assurance, i.e.,the Audi- tors. Reporting to Executive Leadership are the Occupation- al Health & Safety Management Committee (CRD), the Employee Committee (CORE) and the Environmental Committee. Tekna refers to the 2025 Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance and has drafted its own Corporate Governance Code. It publishes an annual Corporate Governance Report. 2025 key figures Board of Directors Audit Committee Members 4+1 Observer 2 Meetings 13 5 Participation 95% 100% Independence 25% 50% Identification, appraisal, processing and control of major risks is regularly updated by Finance and reviewed with the Audit Committee. Trade environment • Geopolitical risks and supply chain difficulties • Risks related to inflation • Competitive risks and cycle effects • Financial market risks • ESG risks • Legal and regulatory risks • Risks of negative media coverage Operations • Risks relating to Group prod- ucts • Business line profitability risks • Partner risks • Supplier and subcontracting risks • Property and (Occupational) Health & Safety risks Strategic development • Risks relating to technologi- cal innovation • Risks related to digitalization (data confidentiality and cyber threats) • Human resources risks Main risks Material risks, exposure greater than 10% of revenue, identified by the Group are organized in a risk matrix reflecting its impact in various (mitigation) scenarios and the probability of occurrence. Quarterly monitoring with Audit Committee To ensure continuous monitoring and management, material risks are reviewed in the quarterly Audit Com- mittee meeting. Standard agenda items include: • Significant events during quarter • Compliance (incidents and legal) • Risk management update • Tax (Controls and Tax matters) [1] In 2025 the external auditor was PWC. [2] Creation of Internal Audit function delayed due to prioritization of resources.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 66 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Shares per 31.12.2025: 1 454 123 [2] Shares per 31.12.2025: 50 333 [3,4] Kristin Skau Åbyholm (1978) Director | Audit Committee Independent (2023) Attended board meetings: 13 Ann-Kari Heier is Executive Vice President at Arendals Fossekompani ASA (AFK) since 2023. She has previ- ously held several executive management positions in industry sectors such as Oil & Gas, Maritime, and Tele- com. She holds a M.Sc. degree in Technical Cyber- netics from NTNU in Trond- heim, Norway. She started her career as R&D engineer at CERN in Geneva, and at Data Respons in Norway, before entering manage- ment positions. Ms. Heier is member of the board of directors of Space Norway AS, CSUB AS, NSSLGlobal Ltd, AFK Property AS and Bøylestad Energipark AS (Chair). Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier (1966) Director (2023) Kristin Skau Åbyholm is an experienced board execu- tive. She is currently mem- ber of the board at Ocean Sun, Lokotech and Ace Digital. She has over a dec- ade experience in IT tech- nology organizations. In Confirmit ASA she worked with global 500 brands - working at the Oslo, Lon- don and San Francisco office. She worked at Cice- ro Consulting, creating platforms and solutions for the Norwegian financial industry. Ms. Åbyholm has a Master of Science in computer technology from NTNU in Trondheim and an Execu- tive Master of Management from the Norwegian Busi- ness School (BI) in Oslo. Attended board meetings: 13 Shares per 31.12.2025: 3 841 109 [5] Shares per 31.12.2025: 50 000 [3] Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes has several years experience from EY, working as Manager within Strategy & Transactions and from the Group finance function of Cermaq Group. He is currently Investment Manager in Arendals Fosse- kompani. Mr. Eldrup Fagernes holds a Master of Science in Eco- nomics and Business Ad- ministration from the Norwe- gian School of Economics (NHH) in Bergen. Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes (1991) Director | Audit Committee (2023) Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Dag Teigland [1] (1966) Chair (2022) Dag Teigland is a board professional and strategic advisor to several compa- nies. He is a seasoned ex- ecutive with broad interna- tional experience, including in the global metal industry. He has previously held ex- ecutive management posi- tions in Elkem and been CEO of Tinfos and Holta Invest. Mr. Teigland is a board room veteran, serving as member and chair of the Board of Directors of sever- al Norwegian and interna- tional companies. He holds a bachelor’s degree in fi- nance, an MBA from IESE and AMP from Harvard Business School. Attended board meetings: 13 Attended board meetings: 13 The Board of Directors (“BoD”) is at the head of Tekna Holding ASA’s (“Tekna”) gov- ernance system. The 2025 General Meeting decided on a smaller BoD, which also changed the composition of its Audit Com- mittee. All four members are independent of executive management, one member is inde- pendent of the main shareholder Arendals Fossekompani ASA. Responsibilities of the Board of Directors In accordance with Norwegian law, the Board of Directors is responsible for, among other things, supervising the general and day-to-day management of the Company’s business, en- suring proper organization, preparing plans and budgets for its activities, ensuring that the Company’s activities, accounts and asset management are subject to adequate controls and undertaking investigations necessary to perform its duties. Members of the Board of Directors Torkil S. Mogstad (1958) Board Observer (2021) Shares per 31.12.2025:93 017 [3,6] Torkil Mogstad is Executive Vice President at Arendals Fossekompani ASA since 2015. He has previously held several executive man- agement positions, includ- ing CEO at Markedskraft ASA, Director at Icon Me- dialab Norge AS and En- gagement Manager at McKinsey & Company. He started his career in R&D at McDonnell Douglas Aero- space (now Boeing) in the US. Mr. Mogstad also holds Directorships in the satellite communications company NSSL Global Ltd and Aren- dal Lufthavn Gullknapp. He holds a M.Sc. from NTNU, a SM from MIT and an MBA from the Norwegian School of Management (BI). Attended board meetings: 12 ASA. [4] Damgløtt AS: 50 333 [5] representing Kvantia AS: 2 354 862, Victoria India Fund AS: 1 331 883, Caaby AS: 154 364 [6] Loma Plata AS: 93 017 [1] Mr.Teigland is engaged by Arendals Fossekompani as a senior busi- ness advisor with a special focus on Tekna and, as such, is not to be considered as an independent Chair of the Board [2] Tibidabo Invest AS: 1 343 484 of which 676 818 against 3 year lock-up until May 2026, Tib- idabo Industrier AS: 110 639 [3] representing Arendals Fossekompani
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 67 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Shares per 31.12.2025: 275 052 Rémy Pontone Executive Vice President - Materials (2016) Rémy Pontone has been an executive with Tekna since March 2016; prior to this he held various management positions in sales, business development and product management. Rémy Pontone has 25 years’ experience in management, sales, market- ing and product develop- ment. Prior to joining Tekna he held several int. manage- ment and sales positions in five different countries for Johnson Matthey and re- search and development center of Saint Gobain. Mr. Pontone is graduated engi- neer in material science and chemical engineering. Arina van Oost VP Corporate Strategic Development (2020) Arina van Oost joined Tekna early 2020 as VP Corporate and Strategic Development. ESG, IR and Corporate Communication are part of her portfolio. She has held several exec- utive positions at Thyssen- Krupp (“TK”), including VP GM of its Canadian Aero- space division and Global Head of Marketing and Sales of their Access Solu- tions division. Further roles included Managing Director in UK, Spain, and Nether- lands for companies of TK Elevator. She holds an eM- BA from ESMT, Germany, and a BSc in International Management, Netherlands. Shares per 31.12.2025: 400 000 Shares per 31.12.2025: 120 000 Claude Jean Chief Executive Officer (April 2025) Claude Jean took over as CEO in 2025. He has man- aged companies and budg- ets in excess of $100 mil- lion and is driven by achiev- ing his (business) goals and exceeding client expecta- tions. Mr. Jean is an accom- plished senior technology executive with a proven track record for building and leading world-class electronic manufacturing services and R&D., most recent as EVP at Teledyne DALSA Semiconductor Inc. He has a MSc of Physics, Microelectronics as well as a MBA from the university of Sherbrooke, Canada. Shares per 31.12.2025: 404 444 [1] Espen Schie took over the CFO position of the Tekna Group in 2023, overseeing finance, IT, and legal func- tions while driving operating cash flow from negative CAD 20 million to positive figures. Previously, as CFO of EFD Induction Group, he drove EBIT from EUR -1.4 million to EUR +8.2 million across 22 countries. Mr. Schie comes from Ar- endals Fossekompani ASA (AFK), Tekna's largest shareholder, and holds dual master's degrees in finance from Nova SBE (Portugal) and FGV (Brazil). Espen Schie Chief Financial Officer (2023) Yves Lemoyne Chief Financial Officer Tekna Holding Canada (September 2025) Yves Lemoyne joined the Group in September 2025 to strengthen the financial team in Canada. He is an experienced financial exec- utive with over 25 years of financial leadership experi- ence in industrial and tech- nology companies, includ- ing subsidiaries of multina- tional groups. As president of CFO Yumain Inc., he supported private organiza- tions with expertise in fi- nancing, restructuring, gov- ernance, and international integration. He holds a dou- ble bachelor's degree in accounting and finance (CPA), and treasurer of the board of directors of C2MI. Shares per 31.12.2025: 0 Romain Vert is the Executive Director – Plasma Systems, driving strategic growth in advanced plasma technolo- gies. Since joining Tekna in 2012, Mr. Vert has held key roles in R&D, business devel- opment, and sales, contrib- uting to the advancement of both materials and plasma equipment. Before Tekna, he worked in the thermal spray industry, specializing in ener- gy and defense applications. With a PhD in Materials Sci- ence & Processes, Mr. Vert combines deep technical expertise with strategic lead- ership to drive technological advancements and market expansion in the field of plas- ma systems. Romain Vert Executive Director - Systems (2012) Shares per 31.12.2025: 0 The Tekna group Executive Leader- ship Team (“ELT”) currently consists of six executives with extensive experi- ence from relevant industries. Refer to the 2025 Remu- neration report for more details on shareholdings and stock options. [1] ESC Holding AS: 404 444 BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP (CONTINUED) Members of the Executive Leadership Team
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 68 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information This report provides an overview of how Tekna follows the 15 points set out in the Code and the deviations from the Code in Tekna’s operations. This report should be viewed in conjunction with all the measures relating to corporate governance detailed in the Company’s annual report 2025. 1. Implementation and report- ing on corporate governance Our governance structure The Board has the overall responsibility for ensuring that the Company has a high standard of corporate govern- ance. The Board has adopted a corporate governance policy document (the “Policy”). This Policy describes the Company’s main principles for corporate governance and addresses the framework of guidelines and principles regulating the interaction between the Company’s share- holders, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Of- ficer (the “CEO”) and the Tekna Group senior manage- ment (the “Executive Leadership Team”). The Company is a holding company, and the operations of the Tekna group of Companies are carried out through the operat- ing subsidiaries of the Company (the “Tekna Group”). The Policy is based on the Code, the Company’s goal is to act in accordance with every recommendation in the Code. The Board and Executive Leadership Team perform an annual assessment of its principles for corporate govern- ance. The Board members and the Executive Leadership Team are requested once a year to complete a Directors and Officers compliance questionnaire, disclosing any con- flicts of interest. Code of Conduct for business partners and for employees In 2021 Tekna implemented the supplier code of conduct (“sCoC”) and the employee code of conduct (“eCoC”). It gives clear guidance to our employees and business partners that we expect clean, transparent and fair busi- ness dealings. In 2024, the sCoC, was updated to a Business Partner Code of Conduct and signed off by the Board of Direc- tors on November 5. The eCoC was updated in 2023 and signed off at the most senior level by the Board of Directors of Tekna on December 15 as part of the corporate code of govern- ance. Both documents can be found here: www.tekna.com/esg. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 2. The business The Company business is to conduct business develop- ment, including investments. and to potentially be co- owner of other companies. The Company is the owner of the Tekna Group. The Tekna Group’s core business is to produce high-purity metal powders for applications such as 3D printing in the aerospace, defense, and medical, as well as optimized induction plasma systems for indus- trial research and production. The Board has prepared clear goals, strategies, and a risk profile for the Company. The Company has guide- lines for how it integrates the interests of the society at large into its value creation for shareholders in a sustain- Impeccable business conduct. Tekna aims to maintain high standards for corporate governance. In the Compa- ny’s opinion, good corporate governance is an important condition for value crea- tion. Tekna Holding ASA’s (the “Company”) corporate govern- ance defines the business framework within which all activities in the Company should operate and clarifies the roles and responsibilities between governing bodies in the Company. The Company is subject to corporate governance report- ing requirements as defined in the Norwegian Accounting Act, section 3-3b and the Norwegian Code of Practice for Corporate Governance (the “Code”) available at www.nues.no as issued on 28 August 2025. The Board of Directors’ Statement of Corporate Governance follows the structure of the Code. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 69 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED) The Annual General Meeting for 2025 takes place on 7 May 2026. Shareholders who cannot attend the meeting in person can vote by proxy and voting instructions can be given on each item on the agenda. In addition, shareholders may vote in advance, either in writing or by electronic means. The General Meetings are opened by the Chair of the Board. Normally, the Board proposes that the Chair of the Board shall also chair the General Meetings. The Board will propose an independent Chair for the General Meeting if any of the matters to be considered calls for such arrangement. The notices and minutes of the General Meetings are published in Oslo Børs’ information system (https:// newsweb.oslobors.no, ticker: TEKNA) and on Tekna’s website (www.tekna.com/investors). Deviations from the Code of Practice: two deviations from this section: 1) ”the members of the Board of Directors and the Chair of the nomination committee attend the general meet- ing”: The Company does not have a Nomination Commit- tee. All members of Board of Directors have normally not participated in the general meeting. Matters under con- sideration at the general meeting of shareholders have not previously required this. The Chair of the Board of Directors is always on hand to present the report and answer any questions. Other board members participate as needed. The Board considers this to be adequate. 2) “the general meeting is able to elect an independent Chair for the general meeting”: The General Meetings are opened by the Chair of the Board. Normally, the Board proposes that the Chair of the Board shall also chair the Capital increase and Repurchase of shares Existing mandates granted to the Board, to issue shares and to purchase its own shares, are presented in the shareholder information section of the annual report. The mandates are restricted to defined purposes and limited in time to no later than the date of the next Annual Gen- eral Meeting, but in no event later than 30 June 2026. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 4. Equal treatment of share- holders and transactions with close associates Equal treatment of shareholders There is only one class of shares, and all shares have equal voting rights. At 31 December 2025 there were 227 462 233 ordinary shares each with a par value of NOK 1.15. They entitle the holder to participate in divi- dends, and to share in the proceeds of winding up the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The articles of association place no restriction on voting rights. Shareholders do not have pre-emption rights upon any change of ownership of shares in the company. The board respected the shareholders’ pre-emptive right in connection with Rights Issue that took place in Q4 2025. Largest shareholder AFK is the Company’s largest shareholder, owning 72.4% of the Company’s shares at 31 December 2025. The Company’s guidelines require that AFK acts in a manner conducive to equal treatment of Company’s shareholders. Transaction with close associates All transactions with close associates are disclosed in the notes to the annual accounts. All business activities are based on arm’s length terms. In the event of transactions with insiders or close associates, procedures apply to ensure the respect of the Norwegian Public Limited Lia- bility Companies Act. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 5. Shares and negotiability The Shares in Company are listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange and are freely negotiable. There are no provi- sions in the Company’s Articles of Association that limit the right to own, trade or vote for shares in the Company. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 6. General meetings Through the General Meeting, the shareholders exercise the highest authority in the Company. All shareholders have a right to attend, make a statement and vote at the General Meeting as long as they are recorded in the Company’s share register no later than two business days before the date of the general meeting. The General Meeting deals with such matters as required by Norwe- gian law. The notice of the meeting, the agenda and detailed and comprehensive supporting information, are made availa- ble on Tekna’s website at least 21 days before a general meeting takes place. At the same time the notice and agenda are distributed to all shareholders. able manner. The ESG – Environmental, Social, Govern- ance - report is included in the annual report and is avail- able on the Company’s website. The Board evaluates targets, strategies and a risk profile on an annual basis, at a minimum. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 3. Equity and dividends Equity Total equity for the group at 31 December 2025 was CAD 55.9 million, the long-term debt/equity ratio im- proved to 0.10 (1.31). The new Scotiabank credit facility (signed October 2025) represents a material change in financing structure – from Arendals Fossekompani ASA (“AFK”) shareholder loan to bank debt with financial covenants and reporting obligations. Considering the nature and scope of Tekna’s business, the Board considers that the Company has adequate equity and capital structure. The Board constantly as- sesses the company’s financial capacity in light of its objectives, strategy and risk profile. Dividend policy The Company strives to follow a dividend policy favoura- ble to its shareholders. The amount of any dividend to be distributed will be dependent on, inter alia, the Compa- ny's investment requirements and rate of growth. In de- ciding whether to propose a dividend and in determining the dividend amount, the Board takes into account legal restrictions as well as capital expenditure plans, financing requirements and maintaining the appropriate strategic flexibility. The Company has not distributed any dividends since the date of its incorporation.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 70 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED) The Board members are requested once a year to com- plete a Directors and Officers compliance questionnaire, disclosing any conflicts of interest. Board members’ shareholdings Board members are encouraged to own shares of the Company. Board members’ shareholdings in the Compa- ny are disclosed in Note 22 Related Parties of Tekna’s consolidated financial statements. Deviations from the Code of Practice: The current Board does not meet the requirement set forth in the Code that the majority of board members should be independent of the Group’s main shareholders. 9. Duties of the Board of Directors The Board of Directors has adopted Rules of Procedures for the Board, which indicate rules as to the work and administrative procedures of the Board and its commit- tees and as to the functions and duties of the CEO to- wards the Board. The overall management of the Company is vested in the Board and the Executive Leadership Team. In accord- ance with Norwegian law, the Board of Directors is re- sponsible for, among other things, supervising the gen- eral and day-to-day management of the Company’s busi- ness, ensuring proper organization and allocation of re- sponsibilities and duties, preparing plans and budgets for its activities, ensuring that the Company’s activities, ac- counts, and assets management are subject to adequate controls and undertaking investigations necessary to perform its duties. General Meetings. The Board will propose an independ- ent Chair for the General Meeting if any of the matters to be considered calls for such arrangement. 7. The nomination committee The Company has not established a nomination commit- tee. The remuneration of the members of the Board has been voted by the General Meeting. Deviations from the Code of Practice: The Company has not established a nomination committee. The function and responsibilities of a nomination committee are con- sidered by the Company to have been sufficiently han- dled by the Board of Directors in close dialog with the major shareholders. 8. Board of directors: composition and independence Composition and election According to the Articles of Association, the Board shall consist of minimum three and maximum nine members. At 31 March 2026, the Board consisted of four members and an observer. Two of the four Board members are women. The Public Limited Companies Act states that there should be at least 40 per cent of each gender on the Board of Directors. None of the Board members are executive personnel. The Board members are elected for a period of up to two years. The Board members including the Chair are elect- ed by the General Meeting. There is no corporate assem- bly in Tekna. The Board of Directors currently has the following com- position: • Dag Teigland, Chair of the Board re-elected on May 8, 2025 • Kristin Åbyholm, re-elected on May 8, 2025 • Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes, re-elected on May 8, 2025 • Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier, re-elected on May 8, 2025 • Torkil Sigurd Mogstad, re-elected on May 8, 2025 (Board Observer) See presentation of Board members in the annual report for details. Independence of the Board of Directors The composition of the Board ensures that it can operate independently of any special interest. However, the cur- rent Board does not meet the requirement set forth in the Code that the majority of board members should be inde- pendent of the Group’s executive personnel and material business contacts, and that at least two of the four board members should be independent of the main sharehold- ers. Executive Vice President Torkil Mogstad, Executive Vice President Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier, Investment Manag- er Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes and Dag Teigland en- gaged by AFK, are not considered to be independent of the main shareholders due to their respective positions in, and engagement by AFK, the Company’s majority shareholder. All other Board members are considered to be independent. The Board leads the governance system and meets with relevant Board Committees a minimum of four times a year to gain insights, review and ensure proper imple- mentation of internal control mechanisms and risk man- agement processes for good governance. The Board meets the CEO, the CFO and the Executive Leadership Team as often as necessary to perform its duties. ESG, including climate-related risks and opportunities are sub- ject to an annual review with the Board. Top risks and emerging risks are reported in the company’s Enterprise Risk Management. The Board had 13 meetings during 2025 with 95 per cent participation. Deviations from the Code of Practice: The Board does not meet the recommendation set forth in the Code for an annual self-evaluation. The Board has evaluated its performance last in 2024 and believes this to be sufficient. Agreements with related party The Board has also adopted Guidelines for Related Party Agreements to ensure proper handling of agreements between the Company and related parties. These Guide- lines stipulate that Members of the Board and the Execu- tive Leadership Team must notify the Board if they have any material direct or indirect interest in any agreement to be entered into by the Company. In each case, the Board will consider whether it is necessary to obtain an independent evaluation. In Q4 2025, the Company entered into a related party agreement with its main shareholder, AFK, pursuant to which the shareholder committed to fully underwrite the Company’s Rights Issue, subject to the terms and condi- tions set out in the underwriting agreement.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 71 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED) 11. Board remuneration The General Meeting determines the Board’s remunera- tion annually. Remuneration of Board members is reason- able and based on the Board’s responsibilities, work, time invested and the complexity of the enterprise. The remuneration of the Board members is not performance- related nor includes share option elements. The Board is informed if individual Board members per- form tasks for the Company other than exercising their role as Board members. Work in sub-committees may be compensated in addition to the remuneration received for Board membership. Additional information on remuneration paid to the indi- vidual Board members can be found in Note 21 of the financial statements for 2025. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 12. Salary and other remuner- ation for executive personnel The Board has resolved guidelines to the CEO for remu- neration to the Executive Leadership Team, including performance-related remuneration. The Guidelines can be found in the Corporate Governance Policy of the Company. The salary and other remuneration of the CEO are decid- ed by the Board. The Company’s senior executive remuneration policy is based primarily on the principle that executive pay should be competitive and motivating, in order to attract and No further Related Party Agreements were executed. The Audit Committee In light of the company’s conversion to public limited company Tekna’s Board established an Audit Committee in 2022 (the “Audit Committee”) and adopted Guidelines for the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is a sub- committee of the Board and acts as a preparatory and advisory body for the Board and supports the Board in the exercise of its responsibility for financial reporting, internal control, and risk management. The Audit Com- mittee also reviews and monitors the independence of the Company’s auditor. The Audit Committee consists of two members who are members of the Board: Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes and Kristin Åbyholm. They have been appointed by the Board which has also designated Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes as the Chair of the Audit Committee. The mem- bers of the Audit Committee have collectively the exper- tise required for the performance of the tasks assigned to the Audit Committee. Deviations from the Code of Practice: ”The majority of the members of the Audit Committee should be inde- pendent.”: The Audit Committee has two members, one is independent, the other is not. The Board considers this to be adequate. 10. Risk Management and Internal Control The Board ensures that Tekna has sound internal control and systems for risk management that are appropriate in relation to the extent and nature of the company’s activi- ties. The internal control and the systems also encom- pass the Company’s corporate values and ethical guide- lines. The objective of the risk management and internal control is to manage exposure to risks to ensure successful con- duct of the Company’s business and to support the quali- ty of its financial reporting. The Board carries out an annual review of the Company’s most important areas of exposure to risk and the Board and the Executive Leadership Team conduct risk assess- ments related to various dimensions and aspects of oper- ations to verify that adequate risk management systems are in place. The Board provides an account in the annual report of the main features of the Company’s internal control and risk management systems as they relate to the Compa- ny’s financial reporting. Internal control of financial reporting is conducted through day-to-day follow- up by Executive Leadership Team, and supervision by the Audit Committee. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None retain key personnel with the necessary competence, in order to ensure the long terms interest of the Company and its shareholders. The performance-related remuneration portion is based on measurable criteria and limited in the variable com- pensation plan. Details relating to the salary and benefits payable to the CEO and other subsidiaries’ senior executives are availa- ble in note 21 to the financial statements and the Remu- neration Report 2025. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 13. Communication with shareholders, investors and ana- lysts is a priority for the Company. The Board has imple- mented an Investor Relations Policy with the objective to provide the public with accurate, comprehensive and timely information to form a good basis for making deci- sions related to valuation and trade of the Company share. The Company's communication is based on open- ness and respects the requirement for equal treatment of all shareholders. All notices sent to the stock exchange are made available on the Company website and at https://newsweb.oslobors.no. The dates for major events such as the Annual General Meeting, the publication of interim reports and public presentations are published on the Company’s website: www.tekna.com/investors/ and at https://newsweb.oslobors.no. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 72 Introduction Contents Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT (CONTINUED) 14. Take-over situations The Board has adopted Guidelines relating to take-over bids. In the event of a take-over bid being made for the Company, the Board will follow the overriding principle of equal treatment for all shareholders and will seek to en- sure that the Company’s business activities are not dis- rupted unnecessarily. The Board will strive to ensure that shareholders are given sufficient information and time to form a view of the offer. The Board will not seek to prevent any take-over bid un- less it believes that the interests of the Company and the shareholders justify such actions. The Board will not ex- ercise mandates or pass any resolutions with the inten- tion of obstructing any take-over bid unless this is ap- proved by the General Meeting following the announce- ment of the bid. If a take-over bid is made, the Board will issue a state- ment in accordance with statutory requirements and the recommendations in the Code. In the event of a take-over bid, the Board will obtain a valuation from an independent expert. If a major share- holder, any member of the Board or Executive Leader- ship Team, or related parties or close associates of such individuals, or anyone who has recently held such a posi- tion, is either the bidder or has a particular personal inter- est in a take-over bid, the Board will arrange for an inde- pendent valuation. Any transaction that is in effect a disposal of the Compa- ny’s activities will be submitted to the General Meeting for its approval. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None 15. Auditor Role of Auditor PwC is the Company’s Auditor. The primary task of the Auditor is to perform the audit work required by law and professional standards with the level of care, competence and integrity required by law and such standards. The Auditor participates in all meet- ings of the Audit Committee. The Minutes of the Audit Committee are shared with the Board Members. If re- quired by the Board, the Auditor can assist to the Board. The Auditor has assisted the Board related to 2025 An- nual financial results. Use of the Auditor for services other than the audit. The Audit Committee reviews and monitors the inde- pendence of the Company's auditor, including the extent to which services other than auditing provided by the auditor or the audit firm represent a threat to the inde- pendence of the auditor. The Auditor provides the Board with an annual written confirmation that it continues to satisfy the requirements for independence. The Auditor annually provides the Board with a summary of all services in addition to audit work that have been undertaken for the Company. The fees paid for audit work and fees paid for other specific assignments are specified in the notes to the financial statements. Deviations from the Code of Practice: None The quality and batch consistency of Tekna materials if of great importance to our customers. Our inhouse laboratory accurately tests the metal powders to ensure we ship “excellence” to our partners.
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 73 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Sustainability Sustainability Report General disclosures .................. 74 Basis for preparation ............ 74 Sustainability governance .... 75 Strategy, business model and value chain .......................... 76 Material impacts, risks and opportunities ........................ 78 Index of Material disclosures 80 Environment ............................ 81 Climate Change ................... 81 Carbon Footprint ................. 82 Resource use and circular economy.............................. 85 EU taxonomy ...................... 87 Social ...................................... 92 Own workforce .................... 93 Workers in the value chain ... 98 Human Rights and Transparency .................... 100 Governance........................... 103 Business conduct.............. 104 Cyber security................... 105
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 74 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information General disclosures This Sustainability report is following the EU's Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”) and the associated European Sustainability Reporting Stand- ards (“ESRS”). The report describes Tekna’s material impacts, risks and opportunities. The materiality assessment identified the following topics to report on: • Environment: Climate Change (E1) and Resource use and circular economy (E5), • Social: Own workforce (S1) and Workers in the value chain (S2), • Governance: Business Conduct (G1) and Cyber Se- curity (Gx—entity specific). For all these topics it describes the strategy, how it is op- erationalized through guidelines, targets and an action plan, followed by measurements consisting of 2025 Corporate culture Tekna Group ("Tekna") has integrated sustainability at the highest level of its corporate strategy, starting with its company vision: “To advance the world with sustainable material solutions, one particle at a time.” Subsequent to that Tekna has defined its Sustainability Commitment (also referred to as green mission) as: “We are committed to collaborate in powerful partner- ships along our value chain to deliver ever more sustain- able and ultimately climate neutral materials solutions.” To ensure employees understand its importance, it is also anchored in the company value “We strive for excel- lence” with the following subtext: “We aim for exceptional quality in everything. We are personally committed to achieving our mission while caring for environmental sus- tainability and regeneration, safety, and the well-being of our people and the success of our customers.” General requirements and disclosures [ESRS 1 & 2] General basis for preparation This report is in accordance with Section 3-3c of the Nor- wegian Accounting Act regarding corporate social re- sponsibility and published in the annual report 2025 and available on the company’s website from 9 April 2026. Tekna also reports according to the Norwegian Transpar- ency Act and the Canadian Fighting Against Forced Labour and Child Labour in Supply Chains Act. Finally, the report comprises information for communi- cating on progress to the UN Global Compact and thus underlines Tekna's ongoing commitment to the Ten Prin- ciples on human and labor rights, environment and anti- corruption. Tekna is reporting in alignment with CSRD and ESRS, although the company remains below the minimum thresholds for this requirement. Best efforts have been put into translating the quantitative and qualitative disclo- sure requirements into relevant descriptions and data points. As a guiding tool, Tekna has relied on the imple- mentation guides made available by the European Finan- cial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG). The quantitative ESRS data points in the report are marked with the ESRS ID number in accordance with IG-3. Furthermore, Tekna follows ESRS recommendations regarding one or three-year phase-in periods. These data points will be reported in 2025 and 2027, respectively. This report was not externally assured on its publication date. The Group is well below established thresholds for (audited) CSRD reporting. Note that most CSRD data- points and GHG metrics were internally audited. The index on page 80 shows material disclosures and their location throughout the report. On page 136 there is a list of abbreviations commonly used in sustainability reports. Going forward, Tekna will continue to assess and devel- Contents General disclosures ................. 74 Basis for preparation ............ 74 Sustainability governance ..... 75 Strategy, business model and value chain .................... 76 Material impacts, risks and opportunities ................. 78 Go to ESG @Tekna.com SUSTAINABILITY
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 75 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information op its disclosures in line with the disclosure requirements of the ESRS. Scope of reporting The sustainability report is consistent with the financial statements in terms of undertaking (Tekna Holding ASA and its subsidiaries) and reporting period (1 January to 31 December 2025). See Group chart on page 104. A 3rd facility in Sherbrooke is used in the climate ac- counting (Warehouse [JLM], Canada) This is not a legal entity and not included in the financial statements. The sustainability report covers Tekna’s up- and down- stream value chain. See further details in the sections: ‘Business model and value chain’ and ‘Material impacts, risks and opportunities’ on pages 37 and 38. Time horizons The short-term time horizon for data in the sustainability report refer to maximum two years. Medium and long- term horizons refer to up to five years and more than five years respectively in line with the double materiality anal- ysis. Sources of estimation and outcome uncertainty Tekna aims to disclose data as correctly and accurately as possible by using primary measurement data and by standardizing the calculation of emissions using emission factors from Tekna’s carbon accounting system (Cemasys). Tekna relies on the following key methods of measurement aligned with the recommendations of the GHG protocol: 1) Spend-based, 2) Activity-based and 3) Hybrid. Tekna uses estimates in its reporting on selected data points due to its dependency on and lack of data from its value-chain partners. A defined process for assessing and, if necessary, adjusting estimates is in place. For further information on estimates, please refer to the specific disclosure requirement regarding the GHG cal- culation. Any potential sources of measurement uncer- tainty, assumptions or estimates are described in the accounting principles of the respective disclosure point. Changes in reporting or reporting errors Materiality thresholds are defined for when to restate quantitative information together with procedures for how a restatement should be performed, which also covers cases of reporting errors in prior periods. If data has been restated, this will be clearly stated. Sustainability governance The responsibility for sustainability & ESG resides with the VP for Corporate Strategic Development to ensure proper oversight of sustainability matters. ESG is included in the monthly management report to the board. It is discussed with the Audit Committee in the quarterly meetings. At least once a year the topic is on the agenda in the Board of Directors’ meeting. In 2025, the focus of the Board has centered around the competitive positioning of sustainability efforts as well as mid- and long-term targets. Environment Committee (CDD) The environment committee consists of volunteers from across the organisation driven by the green cause. They prepare and implement projects from waste reduction and recycling to using secondary resources as well as driving more sustainable choices throughout the organi- sation. Furthermore, members are supporting climate accounting and decarbonisation efforts. Ethics and Compliance Committee (ECC) The ECC is responsible for the development of polices and ensuring its implementation and adherence through- out the group. In 2025, the Committee was led by the VP for Corporate Strategic Development and consisted of various VPs and managers. Remuneration There is no specific remuneration element anchored in sustainability. Risk management and internal controls Risk assessments are integrated into the data collection process to prevent misleading information, statements, figures or conclusions based on inaccurate or incomplete data. Data collection and estimation processes are developed and discussed at the executive level to ensure quality reporting. Due diligence We are conducting due diligence for CSRD reporting by assessing and gathering relevant ESG data across our operations. This involves evaluating our sustainability practices, identifying risks and opportunities, and ensur- ing accurate integration into our financial reports. By implementing this process, we aim to meet CSRD re- quirements, enhance transparency, and improve our long -term sustainability. Contact For any enquiries about sustainability reporting, please contact the VP for Corporate Strategic Development, Ms. Arina van Oost, at [email protected]. Tekna manufacturers its plasma systems in Sherbrooke, Canada. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 76 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Strategy, business model and value chain Strategy and business model Tekna Holding ASA, a Norwegian public limited liability company, is listed on Oslo Stock Exchange. The Group is headquartered in Sherbrooke, Canada, with subsidiaries and teams based across five offices in Canada (2), France, USA and China. The Group currently engages in two main business are- as: Systems (incl. PlasmaSonic) and Materials. The growth of these businesses is driven by megatrends hav- ing significant impact on consumer behavior globally: space exploration, increasing defense spending, technol- ogy development in aviation, digitalization, demography & health care as well as reshoring of manufacturing. Tekna produces high purity, micron-sized and nano-sized metal powders as well as optimized induction plasma systems for industrial research and hypersonic test facili- ties. Metal powders are used for applications such as 3D printing in the aerospace, defense, medical and consum- er electronics sectors. Customer centricity and high qual- ity service & solutions are key to our success and re- warded with over 80% recurring revenues. The Group develops and operates its own plasma sys- tems and sells customized plasma systems for research applications to academic and industrial research organi- zations. The PlasmaSonic product line, a part of Sys- tems, consists of plasma wind tunnel solutions for the simulation of hypersonic and orbital flight conditions. The groups activities are classified in the manufacturing sector. Our value-chain includes activities in the mining and quarrying sector. In 2025, Tekna Group accumulat- ed CAD 35.6 M in revenues. Value chain Figure 1 shows a simplified overview of the Tekna value chain for the two business areas. We have indicated in red the part with the highest potential for negative im- pact, which materials are on the Critical raw material list, and which are potential conflict materials. REACH, RoHS and potential conflict minerals Our procurement team has delivered third-party verifica- tion guaranteeing our powder products are meeting REACH (toxic chemicals) and RoHS (hazardous sub- stances) requirements. Tekna is following the Responsible minerals initiative (Conflict minerals reporting) for tungsten and tantalum. Both are sourced exclusively from Conflict-Free material based on OECD due diligence and Dodd-Frank require- ments. Tekna has the declaration on conflict-free materi- al, which is made with all the information from partners in the entire supply-chain from smelters up to Tekna. We have a general understanding of the potential im- pacts and risks associated with the upstream value chain and the highest risk is likely to be found in raw material extraction and refining. This may include child labor, forced labor, pollution of land, soil, water and air, perilous working conditions, hazardous workplaces, exposure to hazardous chemicals, conflict and disputes in local com- munities and GHG emissions. As a medium-sized company we have access to our business partners and are able to inform ourselves about their practices, associated risks and potential impacts. The suppliers of our business partners have proven to be more difficult to assess. Much work remains to be done to complete the understanding. Risk mitigation 80 per cent of Tekna’s global spend comes from suppli- ers based in the EU or NA, which we deem well- governed by legal standards. The remaining 20 per cent, approximately, is spent on a key raw material, i.e., titani- um, supplied by two regularly audited manufacturers in China. Both are well-established and qualified suppliers to major western industrial conglomerates. [1] Critical raw material list. [2] Potential conflict material Tekna’s supplier guaranteed material purchased non-conflict. Value chain: Upstream value chain (VC) Own Operations (OO) Downstream value chain (VC) Business area: Raw materials and supply chain Production, distribution, marketing Customers End-users (& End-of-life-stage) Materials: Mining and sourcing of raw mate- rials Production of: Utilization: for additive manufacturing industry aluminum, tantalum 1,2, , titanium 1 , tungsten 1,2 Production of micron-sized materials (A, Ti, W, Ta). Tier 1 and Tier 2 Metal part manufacturers Aerospace, medical implants, consumer electronics, 3D Machine Manufacturers for microelectronics industry nickel Production of nano-sized materials (Ni). Multi-Layer Ceramic Capacitors (MLCC) OEM Electronics in devices, EVs, Systems Production of hardware (Parts and subassemblies) Production and development of plasma technology (Materials) Research institutes and companies Research and small production of (new) materials General Transportation associated with above activities. Sourcing of parts, electricity, water Storage, packaging, transportation, logistics, sales and marketing, personnel and office Disposal and end-of-life handling Figure 1: simplified overview of the Tekna value chain for the two businesses. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 77 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Stakeholders Tekna strives to maintain an open dialogue with its stake- holders and throughout the year engages with employees and other workers, customers and end-users, suppliers, local communities and authorities and investors. Tekna held topic specific stakeholder interviews with customers, employee representatives, investors, a trade association and the local government in Q4 2023. Throughout 2025, conversations with stakeholders included sustainability, particularly with employees, customers and investors. Affected stakeholders in the (upstream) value-chain have not been identified. Tekna is proud to find amongst its major investors many that are driven by sustainability. We are thankful for the insights and support they have provided to improve our sustainability strategy. Tekna is seen as very well posi- tioned in the future as we can enable the green transition. Furthermore, our work on the safety of our employees and efforts to improve transparency were praised. Tekna’s customer base consists mostly of large OEMs that have adopted sustainability as part of their strate- gies. When Tekna is qualified as a supplier sustainability is usually part of the discussion. Customers frequently enquire about the environmental footprint of our technol- ogy. Our customers believe that low carbon solutions will be the standard in the future. They encourage Tekna to perform a Life Cycle Assessment for Materials and are looking for an increase in recycled materials in their feed- stock. The expectations of the society-at-large are clear: a more equitable and sustainable future for all, addressing the global challenges we face, including poverty, inequality, climate change, environmental degradation, peace and justice. We aim to make our value-chain as sustainable as possible. We were pleased to hear our stakeholders describe Tekna as being an ‘industry leader, reputable and innovative’. As part of our stakeholder interview pro- cess, we interviewed an organization from our local com- munity that supports industries, and they believe Tekna’s customer success comes from our quality, experience, and diversified markets. Tekna conducted its first materiality assessment in 2021, which led to defining our material topics. Our employees have shown their approval of the focus area ‘Enabling stakeholders’ positive impact’ as our product allows our clients to obtain a better yield. Employees raised the top- ic of resources available to improve Tekna’s footprint in relation to how much effort has to go into sustainability reporting. Tekna has committees for advocating key sus- tainability topics: Health and Safety committee, Ethics and Compliance committee, the Environment committee and the CORE employee committee. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Double-cone containers are used to move powder from one process step to another on the production floor. The double-opening (top & bottom) allows the safe transfer of powder without turning the container over.
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 78 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Material impacts, risks and opportunities Material impacts, risks and opportunities (IRO) In the IRO exercise Tekna has assessed its own opera- tion (OO) and value chain (VC) for negative (NI) and positive impact (PI), risks (R) and opportunities (O) across the CSRD topics. See insert below for high-level thoughts on the topics. Double Materiality Assessments (DMA) A double materiality assessment takes into account two perspectives: the impact Tekna’s activities have on its surroundings, environment and society (impact materiali- ty) and the impact climate change may have on the com- pany (financial materiality). Impacts can be positive or negative, actual or potential, Circular Economy: • O (OO): Resource efficiency - use of recycled products/ components for additive manufacturing • PI/O (OO): Reuse of raw materials and gas in production • NI (OO): Generation of waste in production • O (OO): Reuse of packing containers • O (VC): Resource efficiency • NI (VC): Hardware + packaging end-of-life issues (waste, recycling, reuse), incl. electronic waste Own workforce: • NI (OO): Potential accidents of dangerous materials/ substances impacting own workers • PI (OO): Health and safety for own workers • PI (OO): Equal treatment and opportunities of own work- force in production and distribution. • PI (OO): Gender equality, diversity and inclusion • PI/O (OO): Being an attractive employer to attract talents and competence in a competitive market • PI (OO): Employee education and development Workers in the value chain: • PI (VC): Labor conditions and human rights in raw material production. Freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining. Safe and healthy working environment and conditions • PI (VC): Equal treatment and opportunities in the value chain (direct and indirect suppliers in all countries) • NI (VC): Risk of forced labor and child labor in value chain • PI (VC): Cooperation and training on equipment for safe use Affected communities: • NI (VC): Impacts in less regulated countries, incl. zones in conflict, related to the use of communities' land for mining and other upstream production, access to water and sani- tation and health and safety in local communities related to the transport of materials, mine sites, and substance emis- sion • NI (VC): Minority's rights and rights of indigenous people • PI (VC): Supporting local communities and university Consumers and end-users: • PI (VC): Enabling medical and dental application • R (VC): Application for warfare • O (VC): High quality products (safety, lifespan) Business Conduct: • PI (VC): Supply chain transparency • R (VC): Risk of raw material sourcing from sanctioned countries (trade war). Dependency on sourcing with China • PI (VC): Traceability of raw materials • PI (VC): Business ethics in procurement practices • PI (OO): Business ethics in own operations, global sales and management • PI (OO): Protection of whistleblowers for own workers • R (OO): Anti-corruption and bribery Climate change: • O (OO): Higher material efficiency than competitors • O (OO): Attractive and relevant for companies demanding carbon neutrality in supply chain • PI (OO): Energy efficiency and climate friendly parts for aviation, medical and energy section • NI (OO): Use of non-renewable electricity (outside Canada) • O (VC): Enabling technology • O (VC): Energy efficient operations Pollution: • NI (VC): Transportation and production of upstream materi- als, including mining • NI (VC): Mining and mineral extraction impact on soil • NI (VC): Wastewater management from mining + produc- tion of upstream materials • NI (OO): Transportation and business travel related emis- sions • PI (OO): No pollution from production • NI (OO): Emissions from office space Water and Marine resources: • NI (OO): Water consumption in production • O (OO): Water recycling in production Biodiversity and Ecosystems: • NI (VC): Mineral extraction (Land degradation, land-use change) • NI (OO): Red list species with habitats in areas affected by operations and relate to the company's effect on people and planet Risks and Opportunities are financial and are incurred by the company due to ESG-related matters. Methodologies and assumptions The goal of the assessment is to identify the material IROs related to matters to be reported. The followed Materiality Assessment process considering both impact and financial materiality is summarised be- low: 1) identification of impacts; 2) assessment of whether such impacts lead to risks and opportunities. 3) identification of risks and opportunities not sourced from impacts. For most material impacts, a material risk and/or oppor- tunity may emerge over time. The double materiality assessment was performed sup- ported by the topics included in the CSRD and GRI (Global Reporting Initiative) as well as the dependence on natural, social, and human resources. The impact assessment includes positive, negative, actual, and po- tential impacts. The mapping and understanding of im- pacts were primarily centred on the value chain where impacts were deemed most likely to occur. A topic is material if the company has an actual or poten- tial significant impact on people or the environment con- nected to the topic. A topic is also material if it triggers financial effects on the company that are likely to influ- ence its future cash flow. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 79 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information GOVERNANCE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT Double Materiality Assessments (DMA) Material topics and subtopics Based on the double materiality assessment, Tekna has adopted the following topics and subtop- ics for CSRD reporting. Note that there are more material topics and we will continue our journey to develop reporting on those. Social Topic S1: Own Workforce Sub-topics: Working conditions, Equal treatment and opportunities for all As a global high-tech organization the group is reliant on our people as our most valuable asset. This dependency on employees' wellbeing and safety presents a financial risk that requires continuous attention. We also see an opportunity to continue nurturing diversity and equality throughout the group's global workforce. • Relevant UN Strategic Development Goals: SDG 3(, 4 , 5), 8 (,10) Topic S2: Workers in the value chain In the climate-risk assessment the working conditions of our main supplier(s) in China is an important topic (excessive heat). Furthermore, locations of certain part- ners are known for lack of respect for human rights and labor conditions. • Relevant UN Strategic Development Goals: SDG 1, 5, 8, 10, 16 Governance Topic G1: Business Conduct With own operations in five countries and business part- ners in many more, Tekna Group is exposed to corrup- tion risks in business conduct, and generally risks of breaches to our corporate conduct that require ongoing focus. • Relevant UN Strategic Development Goals: SDG 16 Topic Gx: Cyber security We are vulnerable to cyber attacks, which demand so- phisticated prevention and strong internal controls. We have added Cyber security as an entity-specific sub-topic to our Governance reporting. • UN Strategic Development Goals not applicable. Environment Topic E1: Climate Change Sub-topics: Climate change adaptation, Climate change mitigation and Energy Tekna contributes to climate change through our GHG emissions, and we also work to enable the green transi- tion with our clean technology and downstream gains. We are attractive and relevant for companies demanding carbon neutrality in their supply chain. We are vulnerable to a changing climate, if we do not adapt. • Relevant UN Strategic Development Goals: SDG 9, 12, 13 Topic E5: Resource Use and Circular Economy Sub-topic: Resource inflows including resource use We rely on the extraction of raw materials upstream, for our Materials. The opportunity lies in the use of second- ary resources as well as the resource-efficiency additive manufacturing brings. • Relevant UN Strategic Development Goals: SDG 8, 9, 12 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 80 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Index of material disclosures ESRS standard DR Description Page number ESRS 2 BP-1 General basis for preparation of sustainability statement 74 BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances 74 GOV-1 The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies 65, 66, 70, 75, 102 GOV-2 Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking's administrative, management and supervisory bodies 75 GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes 75 GOV-4 Statement on due diligence 75 GOV-5 Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting 63 SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain 75 SBM-2 Interests and view of stakeholders 77 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model 78 IRO-1 Description of the process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities 78, 79 IRO-2 Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking's sustainability statement 79, 80 E1 E1-1 Transition plan climate change mitigation 81, 82, 83 E1-2 Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation 84 E1-3 Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies 84 E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation 84 E1-5 Energy consumption 79 E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions 84, 110-118 E5 E5-1 Policies related to resource use and circular economy 85 E5-2 Actions and resources related to resource use and circular economy 85 E5-3 Targets related to resource use and circular economy 85 E5-4 Resource inflows 85, 86 E5-5 Resource outflows ESRS standard DR Description Page number S1 S1-1 Policies related to own workforce 92, 93, 94 S1-2 Process for engaging with own workforce and workers' representatives about impacts 77, 93 S1-3 Process to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns 99, 102, 103, 131, 132 S1-4 Taking action on material impacts on own workforce and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions 93, 94 S1-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts and managing material risks and opportunities 93, 94 S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking's employees 95 S1-7 Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking's own workforce 95 S1-8 Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue 92, 96 S1-9 Diversity metrics 96 S1-13 Training and skills 92 S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration) n/a S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts 99, 102, 103 S2 S2-1 Policies related to value-chain workers 98 S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts 77 S2-3 Channels for value chain workers to raise concerns 19, 99, 102, 103, 131 S2-4 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts and managing material risks and opportunities 98 S2-5 Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers and pursuing material and effectiveness of those actions 98 S2-6 Approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to value chain workers 98, 99, 129-134 G1 G1-1 Corporate culture and business conduct policies 102 G1-2 Management of relationships with suppliers 103 G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery 103 Gx Gx Cyber security 104 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 81 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Carbon-neutral in own operations by 2035. Tekna’s environmental impact is two-fold. Tekna has a positive environmental Impact through developing products which enable a green transition in line with United Nations Global Compact prin- ciple 9 [1] and as substantiated per the EU taxonomy. Tekna produces metal powders for additive manufactur- ing (“AM”) that significantly reduce the metal consump- tion in product manufacturing processes downstream and simplifies the supply chain, transport and warehous- ing logistics by reducing the number of parts in mechani- cal assemblies. In the application of AM, parts in air- planes and vehicles are usually lighter and therefore more energy efficient (less weight, less fuel consump- tion). [1] Principle 9: encourage the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly technologies. On the other hand, the company also has an environ- mental impact from internal business operations such as emissions from employee commutes, business travels, energy consumption at the company’s locations and waste generation. Climate change [ESRS E1] Climate change mitigation / adaptation Strategy Tekna’s approach to environmental sustainability, within all aspects of our business operations, is based on two main pillars: • Minimizing our environmental footprint - Dedicat- ed to avoiding and minimizing any adverse envi- ronmental impacts linked to our business opera- tions. This includes adverse impacts as a result of Tekna’s business operations directly, as well as any indirect impacts such as impacts related to business partners, suppliers and other third par- ties. The ultimate goal is to become climate neu- tral (without relying on carbon offsetting) by re- ducing more greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions than the Tekna value chain emits, while growing the business. • Promoting environmental sustainability - Dedicat- ed to improving resource efficiency and sustaina- bility across the value chains we operate in. This includes developing new and improving existing sustainable technologies and products that are resource efficient, eco-friendly, recyclable, recov- erable and best in class in terms of environmental sustainability. Tekna shall prioritize its efforts within environmental sus- tainability based on the double materiality assessments. Carbon accounting is a fundamental tool in identifying tangible measures to reduce GHG emissions. It enables the organization to benchmark performance indicators and evaluate progress over time. Tekna started climate accounting in 2019 and continues to gain insights on its footprint and decarbonization op- portunities. Progress made in the year As we completed the full scope 3 assessment for the first time in 2024, we have a better understanding of the dy- namics of the up- & downstream emissions. • We focused this year on establishing environmental goals for scope 3 (see the section on goals). • For Materials we re-assessed the materiality for the category Use of sold products and decided to include the emissions for 2024 and 2025. • We have also decided to merge the carbon account- ing report into this section. • Furthered the decarbonization plan Decarbonization and Comments on material changes in KPIs In 2025, Tekna’s carbon emissions were down 26% to 30 898 tCO2e (2024: 41 957 tCO2e). See also EU Taxonomy Report Contents Environment ............................ 81 Climate Change ..................... 81 Carbon footprint ..................... 82 Resource use and circular economy ................................ 85 EU taxonomy.......................... 87 Definitions and accounting principles ............................... 88 ENVIRONMENT SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 82 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Total Greenhouse Gas emissions in 2025 30 898 compared to 2024 reduced by -26% 2024 41 957 Total Upstream FY25 9 714 11 530 baseline 2024 FY25 8 369 -27% 158 baseline 2024 FY25 73 -54% 391 baseline 2021 FY25 324 -17% 1 233 baseline 2023 FY25 947 -23% Total Own Operations FY25 837 618 baseline 2021 FY25 553 -11% 19 baseline 2022 FY25 15 -22% 351 baseline 2022 FY25 269 -23% Total Downstream FY25 20 347 13 639 baseline 2024 FY25 13 593 0% 14 072 baseline 2024 FY25 6 753 -52% 2 baseline 2024 FY25 2 -20% 3 Employees (commute & business travel) Processing of sold products (Materials only) Use of sold products (Systems only) End-of-life treatment of sold products Scope 3 3 3 3 1,2 Purchased goods and services Capital goods Fuel-and-energy-related activities Upstream transportation and distribution ▲ vs baseline 3 3 3 3 Production (gas & electricity) Waste Tekna’s climate footprint at different stages of the value chain (GHG protocol 1 | in tCO2e) Suppliers & Resources Operations Customers End-users & End-of-life [1] Historical data should not change, but we always revise historical figures if data quality or science has improved. Reduction targets Tekna confirms the following targets in relation to reduc- ing emissions: • 2030 50% reduced scope 1 & 2 (baseline 2021, ab- solute) • 2035 be carbon neutral in own operation, including 100% renewable energy (scope 3) • 2045 50% reduction in upstream emissions (baseline 2024, absolute, scope 3) • 2050 be carbon neutral upstream (scope 3) • 2030 Energy intensity of 10 kWh/1 kg of powder pro- duced No target has been set for reducing downstream emis- sions. Results For the first time since baseline year 2021 have we suc- ceeded in reducing Scope 1 emissions and by 6%. This is the result of a reduction in the building temperature in one of our facilities in Canada, reducing the natural gas required to it warm up. The most important source of Scope 1 emissions is the natural gas heating system in the Canadian facilities. We are looking to solidify the deci- sion for the best alternative to lower these emissions, from electrical heating to biogas. We plan to budget for this before 2030. Scope 2 emissions caused by electricity consumption, are down by 76% compared to baseline 2021. This is the second year that we surpass the goal of 50% reduction well ahead of 2030. We are approaching scope 2 in the two obvious ways, i.e.,a) by moving consumption to renewable energy SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 83 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information sources, and b) reducing consumption. The renewable energy share (a) is up by 8 percentage points to 73% since 2021 baseline (2024: 77%). This is due to stopping production in France, which uses clean energy, yet not renewable (nuclear). The loss of 4 percentage points compared to 2024 is due to (b) the lower total energy consumption in the year 10 181 MWh (2024: 12 750 MWh) changing the mathematics of the renewable ener- gy share unfavourably (natural gas consumption weighs heavier on total). Furthermore, in reduction (b) we are focusing on increas- ing the productivity of our powder production. Compared to 2019 we have reduced by 7% to 15.1 kWh required to produce 1 kg of powder (2024: 12.1 kWh/kg). The change in performance compared to 2024 was due to a less efficient use of the systems at lower production vol- umes. In the year the company has set a target of 10 kWh/kg by 2030. The most significant emissions are in Scope 3. This is the second year we have a full overview of Scope 3 emis- sions and it is apparent that the total sales and sales mix play a significant role. Systems: ~50% fewer systems shipped compared to 2024 means less material pur- chased, less ocean and air freight to customers, less consumption during its lifetime use and less recycling at the End of Life. Materials: Lower sales in Europe signifi- cantly reduced air freight. Furthermore, the cost reduction program, including re- duction in headcount from 185 in 2024 to 158 in 2025 contributed to reductions upstream and in own opera- tions (production, waste, employee commutes and busi- ness travel) In addition, we have decarbonisation projects ongoing. Replacing single-use packaging Additive manufacturing ("AM") materials are typically transported in single-use packaging, with aluminum pow- der being shipped in 5kg plastic drums and titanium pow- der in metallic bottles of 2.5kg each. Unfortunately, once they have been used, the single-use packaging are left with small quantities of residual metal powder making them not easily reusable nor recyclable. As the volumes of AM materials are increasing, the busi- ness case for the container itself as well as for returning waste powder to Tekna for reconditioning will become stronger. In order to reduce single-use packaging, Tekna has de- veloped a Universal and Reusable Container for Additive Materials together with industry partners (see image). One container replaces 25 single-use plastic drums or 80 metallic bottles. The key benefits of this solution: • Enabling resource efficiency, circularity and GHG reduction: the sturdy containers can be reused “indefinitely” and will be used to deliver pristine pow- der to the customer and the customer can return degraded material back to Tekna • Eliminating the use of single-use packaging and dis- posal activities • Allowing for safer handling both during transportation and at the point of use. This means 1) reducing the risk of exposure to powder, 2) since the container has wheels, eliminating the risk of drops and lifting related injuries, and 3) based on the plug-and-play nature of the container solution, increasing user-friendliness and reducing the risk of handling mistakes • Increasing efficiency as more material is loaded to the machine per packaging unit The container is ready to be put into operation. Reducing logistics emissions In 2023, we completed the assessment of the category Upstream transportation and distribution. Metal powder is considered a hazardous good when in transport, there- fore transport alternatives are limited. In 2025, the team has been able to reduce air transports from Canada to France by consolidating Materials customer orders. As volumes increase with it will come the possibility of reducing air transport in favor of boat or train. Other elements we are applying where possible: • Divert transport to carriers with a “green” fleet • Consolidate shipments • Improve packaging to reduce shipping “air” Restatements Multiple items in downstream emissions had to be restat- ed for 2024, due to updated emission factors as well as an additional category determined material for Tekna. Corrections have been made to the following categories: • Scope 3.10 Added results for Processing of sold products for Materials. . • Scope 3.11 corrected emission factor from “Sodium hydrogen sulfite” to “Hydrogen fuel, use”. • Scope 3.12 changed emission factors to newly avail- able, specific End-of-Life factors The consequence of these updates resulted in an in- crease in scope 3 emissions for 2024 of 13 617 tCO2e as detailed in the following summary table. The complete overview of key figures as well as the detail of the restatements, methodology and sources is includ- ed in the carbon accounting appendix. in tCO2e 2024 published 2024 restated 2025 Total Scope 1 595.9 595.9 543.3 Total Scope 2 13.9 13.9 9.8 Total Scope 3 27 730.3 41 347.3 30 345.2 Total 28 340.1 41 957.1 30 898.4 Go to appendix SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 84 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information I Scope 1 543 tCO2e ( - 6%) 596 tCO2e ( + 3%) 577 tCO2e (2021) II Scope 2 10 tCO2e (-76%) 14 tCO2e (-67%) 42 tCO2e (2021) III Scope 3 30 45 tCO2e (-27%) 41 347 tCO2e ( n/a ) 41 347 tCO2e (2024) IV Total GHG emissions 30 898 tCO2e (-26%) 41 957 tCO2e ( n/a ) 41 957 tCO2e (2024) V Energy consumption 10 181 MWh ( - 4%) 12 750 MWh (+21%) 10 561 MWh (2021) VI Renewable energy share (location-based) 73% ( + 8pp) 77% (+11pp) 66% (2021) VII 15.1 kWh/kg ( - 7%) 12.1 kWh/kg (-26%) 16.3kWh/kg (2019) Energy intensity per kg of metal powder (Ti64+AlSiMg) Own operations carbon neutral by 2035 Scope 3 upstream 50% reduction by 2045 Development of climate risk mitigation plan by 2026 100% Carbon neutral by 2050 (excl. scope 3 downstream) Environmental policy Sustainable events policy Employee Handbook (MAGRH- 01) Set intermediate goals for reduction of carbon emissions up to 2050 Quantify potential financial effects linked to significant physical and transition risks and climate related opportunities in 2026 Ensure budget planning to execute on decarbonization plan by 2027 Scope 1: 50% absolute reduction of CO2 emissions by 2030 compared to baseline 2021. Scope 2: 50% absolute reduction of CO2 emissions by 2030 compared to baseline 2021. Continue to improve accuracy and understanding of scope 3 upstream and downstream emissions and set reduction target(s) in 2025 Action plan Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines KPI (per year) 2025 (vs baseline) 2024 (vs baseline) baseline (year) Operationalization Measurement Single-use metal powder packaging we are looking to replace with the Universal and Reusa- ble Tekna container with the potential of saving ~1 million tCO2e in 5 years SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 85 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Map titanium and aluminum supply chain to the source Define R&D collaborations project to develop powder product with increased recycled feedstock Further develop the list of material resource inflows related to the products Tekna manufactures Environmental policy New development: Materials product consisting of mix of 70- 80% recycled powder and 20-30% newly atomized powder Resource use and circular economy [ESRS E5] Resources inflows, including resource use The Executive Leadership Team has oversight and man- agement of all the resources that are used. The majority falls under direction of the business area leaders. Our ERP records the resources in our own operations and they are categorized for the GHG emission calculation. Apart from a general understanding of the value chain we have not mapped the upstream resources in detail. For materials, the opportunity to use secondary re- sources may seem obvious. The requirements on char- acteristics of metal powder are stringent to such extend that purity and oxygen content limit our ability to use re- cycled materials in feedstock. We are striving to work with our customers to develop a solution for this. Strategy From the Environmental policy: Tekna is dedicated to responsible sourcing of natural resources and strives to use all energy and natural re- sources as efficiently as possible. Our ambition is to regenerate resources while growing the Tekna business. We aim to consistently increase the use of responsibly sourced, renewable or recycled mate- rials in our offer, and have a positive impact by regener- ating resources and protecting ecosystems. Progress made in the year • Re-defined the goal about using recycled material to a more realistic objective Comments on (material changes in) KPIs The only renewable resources are process gases for Materials and Wood and Rubber for Systems. We shipped roughly 50% fewer systems leading to a reduc- tion in consumption for those items. Own operations To manufacture Tekna’s products the following business- specific resources are required for Materials: • Production equipment: plasma systems and pe- ripherals, sieves, blenders, containers, forklifts, storage racking, recycling bins • Production enablers: metals (titanium alloy, alumi- num alloys, tungsten, tantalum), process gases (argon, helium), cooling water, packaging (plastic curtec containers, aluminum bottles, pallets, straps, labels), laboratory (test chemicals), OHS (GVP masks, gloves, boots) And for Systems: • Production equipment: tools, welding equipment, storage racking, recycling bins, specific software • Production enablers: metals, composites, electri- cal wiring, tubes, pipes, hardware, software, packaging (wooden crates) Upstream value-chain In 2026 we endeavor to get more clarity on the upstream value-chain. The table of resource inflows for Tekna’s production is on the next page. Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines KPI (per year) 2025 2024 baseline (year) I 0.00% 0.00% not established II 10.80% 16.66% not established % of resource inflows from secondary sources % of renewable resource inflows Operationalization Measurement Action plan SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 86 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Component Resource Is the resource finite or renewable? Is the resource's circularity dependent on biological or technical processes? (select from dropdown) Is the resource virgin or non-virgin? Location in value chain (select from dropdown) Is this a critical raw material or rare earth? (select from dropdown) Current use of the resource Original weight (in kg) Titanium wire Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Manufacturing Aluminum wire Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Manufacturing 7372 Tantalum Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Manufacturing 80 Tungsten Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Manufacturing Argon Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Manufacturing Packaging 229 539 Helium Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Manufacturing 228 Nitrogen Renewable Biological Virgin Own operations No Manufacturing 1 294 Hydrogen Renewable Technical Virgin Own operations No Manufacturing 345 Oxygen Renewable Biological Virgin Own operations No Manufacturing 35 145 7004 and 7010 in virgin HDPE Finite Technical Virgin Direct supplier No Packaging 5 364 aluminum Finite Technical Virgin Direct supplier Yes Packaging 3 337 Stainless steel Finite Technical Virgin Direct supplier Yes Packaging 3 384 Aluminium Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 3 668 Iron Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 1 204 Stainless steel Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 6 413 Copper Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 4 024 Metals (bronze, brass) Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 330 Wood Renewable Biological Virgin Direct supplier No Packaging 7 627 Electronic materials Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 603 Ceramic Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 158 PVC Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 30 Rubber Renewable Biological Virgin Own operations No Machinery 80 Polymer Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 1 231 Silicon Finite Technical Virgin Own operations Yes Machinery 85 Plastic PP/PE Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 4 Mineral oil Finite Technical Virgin Own operations No Machinery 44 Packaging for Materials Resources to manufacture and package Systems Metal feedstock for Materials Gas for plasma system, post- processing and packaging material tonnage not disclosed SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Table of Resource inflows 2025
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 87 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information I Revenue eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) II eligible 35.0 ( 98%) 36.8 ( 99%) 99% (2024) III not eligible, nor aligned 0.6 ( 2%) 0.4 ( 1%) 1% (2024) IV CapEx eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) V eligible 1.3 ( 93%) 2.9 ( 63%) 63% (2024) VI not eligible, nor aligned 0.1 ( 7%) 1.4 ( 37%) 37% (2024) VII OpEx eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) VIII eligible 2.1 (100%) 2.5 (100%) 100% (2024) IX not eligible, nor aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) baseline (year) 2025 (% of total | unaudited [3] ) KPI (KPI CCM [2] | in M) Summary - EU Taxonomy Summary of disclosures pursuant EU Taxonomy regulation (Article 8) The EU Taxonomy aims to scale up sustainable invest- ments and avoid greenwashing by defining a common language and understanding of sustainable activities. The EU Taxonomy is a classification system for sustainable economic activities, consisting of the following six envi- ronmental objectives: • Climate change mitigation (CCM) • Climate change adaptation (CCA) • The sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources • The transition to a circular economy • Pollution prevention and control • The protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems Tekna has assessed for the six objectives, where only climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation could be applicable. Tekna’s activities are all deemed eligible under the eco- nomic activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon tech- nologies (CCM). The production of additive material pow- ders and PlasmaSonic are deemed aligned and further supporting documentation needs to be obtained in order to report it as such. Activity assessment See the summarized overview of EU Taxonomy activity assessments below. 2024 (% of total | unaudited [3] ) Do no significant harm For screened activities the criteria for Climate Change Adaptation, Water and Marine Resources, Circular Econ- omy, Pollution Prevention and Control and Biodiversity and Ecosystems have been assessed and are consid- ered met. Minimum Safeguards Minimum safeguard requirements are defined in article 18 of the EU Taxonomy regulation. According to which, an undertaking shall implement procedures to ensure the alignment with: • The OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises (OECD Guidelines for MNE) • The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), including the principles and rights set out in the eight fundamental conventions identi- fied in the Declaration of the International Labour Organisation on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work • The International Bill of Human Rights These requirements are considered met. For further information on the process, considerations and assessment results, accounting policies, etc, please refer to the full EU taxonomy report in the appendix. [1] Activities that have the potential to be enabling, however are not classified as such since the technical screening criteria are not considered met. [2] Assessed vs objective Climate Change Mitigation ("CCM"). [3] Sample-audited on behalf of main shareholder Arendals Fossekompani ASA. Economic activity in the EU Taxonomy Business activity Assessment of technical screening criteria 3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies (Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)) Production of additive material powders [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned This activity is aligned once an independent study, 3rd party verified, confirming our assessment becomes available. Production of PlasmaSonic wind tunnels [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned This activity is aligned once an independent study, 3rd party verified, confirming our assessment becomes available. (Development and) production of nanomaterials for MLCC [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned Production of turnkey plasma systems [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned Systems spare parts, R&D revenue Activities considered not eligible Measurement EU taxonomy report SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 88 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Definitions and Accounting principles Environment Definitions E1 Definitions E5 titanium and aluminum divided by the total volume pro- duced in a year. The baseline for the indicator is 2019. Accounting principles E5 Current scope is the resources we use to produce our products, i.e., the feedstock for materials, process gases, packaging and the subassemblies for our systems. Gen- eral resources (for instance buildings, production equip- ment, ICT etc) are not included. Due to a lack of understanding of the supply chain, we have categorized conservatively, i.e., classified all materi- als as virgin and own operations. If the material is not on the Critical Raw Material list or Rare Earth Element, but its components are (assumed to be), then we included a yes. Renewable resources: In general the items identified as renewable are consid- ered renewable. Tekna does not have certificates to war- rant this. Rubber, wood, and nitrogen are considered renewable resources because they are part of natural cycles or systems that can regenerate over time. Climate change adapta- tion The process of adjustment to actual and expected climate change and its impacts. Climate change mitigation The process of reducing GHG emissions and holding the increase in the global average temperature to 1,5°C above pre-industrial levels, in line with the Paris Agreement. Green- house gas (GHG) emission reduction Decrease in Scope 1, 2, 3 or total GHG emissions at the end of the reporting period, relative to emissions in the base year. Emis- sion reductions may result from, among oth- ers, energy efficiency, electrification, suppli- ers' decarbonisation, electricity mix decar- bonisation, sustainable products develop- ment or changes in reporting boundaries or activities (e.g., outsourcing, reduced capaci- ties), provided they are achieved within the company's own operations and upstream and downstream value chain. Removals and avoided emissions are not counted as emis- sion reductions. Transition plan for climate change mitigation An aspect of a company's overall strategy that lays out the targets, actions and re- sources for its transition towards a lower-- carbon economy, including actions such as reducing its GHG emissions with regard to the objective of limiting global warming to 1.5°C and climate neutrality. Circular economy Circular economy means an economic sys- tem in which the value of products, materials and other resources in the economy is main- tained for as long as possible, enhancing their efficient use in production and con- sumption, thereby reducing the environmen- tal impact of their use, minimizing waste and the release of hazardous substances at all stages of their life cycle, including through the application of the waste hierarchy. Circular economy (cont.) The goal is to maximize and maintain the val- ue of the technical and biological resources, products and materials by creating a system that allows for durability, optimal use or re- use, refurbishment, remanufacturing, recy- cling and nutrient cycling. Original weight Refers to the weight of the material in its origi- nal state, as opposed to any weight estima- tions with data manipulation such as "dry weight". Re- source inflows Resource that enters the company's facilities. These include products (incl. packaging), materials (incl. critical raw materials and rare earths), water and property, plant and equip- ment used in the company's own operations and along the upstream value chain. Finite materials Materials that are non-renewable on time- scales relevant to the economy, i.e., not geo- logical timescales. Examples include: metals and minerals; fossil forms of carbon such as oil, coal, and natural gas; and sand, rocks, and stones. Renewa- ble mate- rials Materials that are continually replenished at a rate equal to or greater than the rate of deple- tion. Examples include: cotton, hemp, maize, wood, wool, leather, agricultural by-products, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, and sea salt. To fit in a circular economy such materials (where relevant) must be produced using regenera- tive production practices. Biologi- cal mate- rials Products and materials that flow through the biological cycle. In the biological cycle, pro- cesses - such as composting and anaerobic digestion - together help to regenerate natural capital. The only materials suitable for these processes are those that can be safely re- turned to the biosphere. Biological materials are natural materials (common elements are carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen). Technical materi- als Products and materials that flow through the technical cycle. In the technical cycle, if products and ma- terials are to be kept in circulation, it is through processes such as reuse, repair, remanufacture and recycling. Materials suitable for these process- es are those that are not consumed during use - such as metals, plastics and wood. [Definition from Ellen Virgin materials Materials that have not yet been used in the economy. These include both finite materials (e.g. iron ore mined from the ground) and re- sources that can be renewable (e.g. Non-virgin materi- als (a.k.a. Sec- ondary materials) Materials that have been previously used. This includes: materials in products that have been reused, refurbished or repaired; components that have been remanufactured; materials that have been recycled. Also referred to as secondary materi- Accounting principles E1 Emissions accounting Refer to next pages for detailed accounting principles of the GHG emissions. Energy Intensity Energy Intensity is expressed in kilowatt hour per kilo- gram of metal powder produced. The total of direct elec- tricity used by all the production plasma systems for SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 89 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Definitions and Accounting principles Carbon Accounting The input data is based on consumption data from inter- nal and external sources, which are converted into tons CO2-equivalents (tCO2e). The carbon footprint analysis is based on the international standard; A Corporate Ac- counting and Reporting Standard, developed by the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Initiative (GHG Protocol). The GHG Protocol is the most widely used and recognised international standard for measuring greenhouse gas emissions and is the basis for the ISO standard 14064-I. External Assurances Internally the Audit Committee approves the Emissions Accounting report. This report was not externally assured on its publication date; Note that the CO2 metrics were internally audited. Scope 1 and scope 2 Scope 1 includes all direct emission sources. This in- cludes all use of fossil fuels for stationary combustion or transportation, in owned and, depending on the consoli- dation approach selected, leased, or rented assets. Scope 2 includes indirect emissions related to purchased energy; electricity and heating/cooling where the organi- sation has operational control. • Scope 2 is reported as Location-based. • Baseline 2021 was chosen as it was the first year we collected data of our worldwide emissions instead of just Canada. • At Tekna, natural gas is only used for heating the buildings in Canada and Korea. • Although we are working on replacing the refrigerants we consider the consumption non material for this report (~20lbs in Tekna Plasma Systems). • At the end of 2021 and throughout 2023 and 2024 Tekna has added Additive Manufacturing production equipment in Canada increasing electricity consump- tion. In France, it reduced operating hours in 2023 and then stopped producing in 2024 reducing elec- tricity consumption (and waste) in France. • Leased building emissions are included in scope 1 and 2. Lease car consumption is included in Scope 3 business travel. • Tekna US office opened in October 2024. • Tekna in South Korea moved to an office without natural gas consumption in April 2024. Scope 3 Scope 3 includes indirect emissions resulting from value chain activities. The scope 3 emissions are a result of the company’s upstream and downstream activities, which are not controlled by the company, i.e., they are indirect. For scope 3 the baseline year is chosen based on when we have worldwide data available for a category. This report includes complete emissions for material catego- ries in scope 3. The Greenhouse Gas Protocol considers 15 categories in scope 3 emissions. The table left includes an overview of the categories. Categories 8, 13, 14 and 15 are not rele- vant for Tekna and category 9 is not material at present. Scope 3 Upstream Purchased Goods and Services [1] This category includes all upstream (i.e., cradle-to-gate) emissions from the production of products purchased acquired by the reporting company in the reporting year. Products include both goods (tangible products) and services (intangible products). Emission factors are calculated based on spend, except for utilities (gas, electricity) waste and capital goods, which are reported under other categories and therefore excluded from this process. Metal feedstock is account- ed for based on tonnage, so they are also excluded from this process. The spend-based methodology applied: Tekna’s ERP system generates a report containing all spending per supplier for the period. Tekna’s procurement team manu- ally assigns a category to each supplier based on their industry and primary business relationship with Tekna. The next step is to assess the percentage of spending for suppliers in the categorized, non-excluded group and continue categorizing until at least 70% of the total non- excluded spending is covered. Spending is then grouped by category, and the total for categorized non-excluded spend is summed up. Finally, the categorized percentage Scope 1 and scope 2 status baseline reduction targets Scope 1 included worldwide per entity 2021 -50% vs baseline by 2030 Scope 2 2021 Scope 3 1: Purchased Goods and Services 2024 -50% vs baseline by 2045, Carbon neutral by 2050 included consolidated worldwide 2: Capital Goods 3: Fuel- and Energy-Related Activities Not Included in Scope 1 or Scope 2 Included upstream emissions of scope 1 and 2 consolidated per country 2021 4: Upstream Transportation and Distribution included consolidated worldwide 2023 5: Waste Generated in Operations included worldwide per entity Carbon neutral by 2035 6: Business Travel included consolidated worldwide 2022 7: Employee Commuting 8: Upstream Leased Assets not relevant for Tekna 9: Downstream Transportation and Distribution 10: Processing of Sold Products Included for Materials, not applicable to Systems 2024 Not in current reduction scope 11: Use of Sold Products included for Systems, not material for Materials 12: End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products included for Systems and Materials 13: Downstream Leased Assets not relevant for Tekna 14: Franchises 15: Investments SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 90 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information of each category is applied to the total non-excluded spend to extrapolate the total spend per category. Capital Goods [2] This category includes all upstream (i.e., cradle-to-gate) emissions from the production of capital goods pur- chased or acquired by the reporting company in the re- porting year. Emissions from the use of capital goods by the reporting company are accounted for in either scope 1 (e.g., for fuel use) or scope 2 (e.g., for electricity use), rather than scope 3. Emission factors are calculated based on spend. This category follows the same method as the one used for Scope 3 category 1: Purchased Good and Services. A report is pulled from Tekna’s ERP systems, suppliers are summed and assigned a category. Fuel and energy related activities Not Included in Scope 1 or Scope 2 [3] This category includes emissions related to the produc- tion of fuels and energy purchased and consumed by the reporting company in the reporting year that are not in- cluded in scope 1 or scope 2. Includes exactly the same consumption data as reported in scope 1 and 2. Upstream Transport and Distribution [4] All transportation paid by the company, inbound and outbound, as well as if the customer is billed for the transport and in addition also inbound transportation not paid by the company (upstream). This category was calculated based on transaction re- ports received from transportation and distribution com- panies Tekna has contracted in the past year. Most re- ports directly provided the estimated CO2 emissions. We used the online transport emission calculator Eco- Transit (https://www.ecotransit.org/fr/calculateur-demissions/) for those companies that provided transaction overviews instead of emissions reports. Finally, some emissions were added as spend-based as no reporting was availa- ble. (5/11 company reports). Inbound transportation not paid by Tekna is not material. Scope 3 @Tekna Waste Generated in Operations [5] Includes emissions from third-party disposal and treat- ment of waste generated in the reporting company’s owned or controlled operations in the reporting year. This category includes emissions from disposal of both solid waste and wastewater. In 2022, we estimated how waste from Canada was treated after pick-up. In 2023, we have obtained clear data with significant shifts in volumes and emissions. We have therefore made 2023 the baseline for waste. The increase in hazardous waste in 2024 is due to new Health and Safety measures (single-use protective equip- ment) and R&D. The rest waste or municipal waste cate- gory for Canada or France does not exist in CEMASys as of yet. We have used the closest description to it, in es- sence "Residual waste, landfill". The emissions are ex- pected to be in the same range. Composition of hazardous waste: (flammable) metallic powder, rags, acids, coolants and non-chlorine solvents and single-use protective equipment from the nano sec- tor. Waste for manufacturing sites in Canada is based on facility managements’ estimation. In France, the weight and emissions are provided by the service provider per category. Waste from sales offices is estimated using a calculator provided by Arendals Fossekompani (main shareholder) based on following sources: Avfall Sverige, Handbok för avfallsutrymmen (2018); Norsk Gjenvinning, Volum- og vektinformasjon (2015); Avfall Sverige, Voly- mvikter för avfall (2013) Business Travel [6] Transportation of employees for business-related activi- ties in vehicles owned or operated by third parties, such as aircraft, trains, buses, and passenger cars. Employees were requested to complete a form per busi- ness trip, including km travelled by car (incl taxi) and train, flights (using ICAO Carbon Emissions Calculator ) and hotel nights. We created this form by using the ICAO tool and recommendations from Microsoft Sustainability Calculator. Employees with lease cars include emission in this category as well as in the commute category (3.7) Employee Commute [7] Transportation of employees between their homes and their worksites during the reporting year (in vehicles not owned or operated by the reporting company). Employees were requested to complete a form detailing how many days per week they are in the office on aver- age and what their commute is like on average. Adjust- ments were made upon indication of employees around "significantly greener summer commutes" and carpooling. We obtained 94 answers out of 158 (59%), which we considered a sufficient bases to extrapolate to 100%. We created this form based on the recommendations of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and Cemasys categories. In 2024, the rule of 3 method was introduced for extrapo- lation as it is more accurate: y=(total number of employee at year-end*x)/total employee answers. Scope 3 Downstream Transport and Distribution [9] All outbound transportation not paid by the compa- ny. More specifically, emissions that occur from transpor- tation and distribution of sold products in vehicles and facilities not owned or controlled by the reporting com- pany. It was found to be not material as we organise the incom- ing and outgoing transport. Processing of Sold Products [10] This category includes emissions from processing of sold intermediate products by third parties (e.g., manufactur- ers) subsequent to sale by the reporting company. Inter- mediate products are products that require further pro- cessing, transformation, or inclusion in another product before use, and therefore result in emissions from pro- cessing subsequent to sale by the reporting company and before use by the end consumer. Systems: not applicable Materials: Category 10 emissions were calculated as- suming downstream processing of metal powders via powder bed fusion additive manufacturing, using down- stream energy intensity varying per material 100—300 kWh/kg and a grid emission factor of 0.45 kg CO₂e/kWh, consistent with GHG Protocol guidance where primary customer data is unavailable. Use of Sold Products [11] This category includes emissions from the use of goods and services sold by the reporting company in the report- ing year. A reporting company’s scope 3 emissions from use of sold products include the scope 1 and scope 2 emissions of end users. End users include both consum- ers and business customers that use final products. Systems: This category is based on assumptions since Tekna does not collect how its customers use the sold Definitions and Accounting principles Environment (continued) SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 91 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information systems. What is known: the number of systems sold, the purpose it was sold for, their power levels and their mate- rial composition. What is assumed: the annual operating conditions, including the annual usage, the electrical input, and the quantity of process gases used. As sys- tems are sold across the globe, the emission factor for electricity for average Asia was chosen as a conservative choice. Materials: Category 11 emissions are not reported, as the sold metal powders and nickel nano powder do not directly consume energy or emit greenhouse gases dur- ing use End-of-Life Treatment of Sold Products [12] This category includes emissions from the waste disposal and treatment of products sold by the reporting company (in the reporting year) at the end of their life. Systems: Tekna has a guide for customers detailing how a system’s different materials should be disposed of. That material was quantified by type of system. This is multi- plied by the number of systems per type shipped during the reporting period. Materials: The data comes from the total kilograms of powders sold per type of material in 2025. Definitions and Accounting principles Environment (continued) Metallic powder is pyrophoric and could ignite spontaneously upon exposure to air. Powder is therefore kept under inert condi- tions with argon gas requiring our employ- ees to wear advanced protective gear (Powered Air Purifying Respirator Unit). SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 92 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Protecting workers. Diverse leadership. Through the development of its policies, training and (future) audits Tekna aims to ensure the two human rights and four la- bor-related principles of the United Na- tions Global Compact are fully adhered to in its operations and its value-chain. The competence of our employees represents a major asset and competitive advantage for Tekna. At the end of 2025, the Group employed a total of 158 (2024: 185) people. The number of employees were divided across locations as follows: Canada: 137 (161) France: 15 (18) China: 4 (4) South Korea: 1 (1) USA: 1 (1) Women represented 28 per cent of the Tekna workforce in 2025. Out of 33 managers (managers with employees reporting to them) 17 per cent were female. Tekna as- pires to substantially increase the share of female em- ployees and is working through the employee life cycle to see where measures could be implemented to enhance diversity across the organization. Tekna’s workforce comprises 21 different nationalities, of which about 2/3 are Canadian. There were no serious work-related accidents and two lost time injuries in 2025. Sick leave was 3.7 per cent in 2025, compared to 2.9 per cent in 2024. All Tekna policies in the Social and Governance space mention and align with : • UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights • ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work • OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises Social protection All employees of our employees in all countries are cov- ered by social protection against loss of income due to significant life events, like sickness; unemployment start- ing from when the employee is working for the company; employment injury and acquired disability; parental leave; and retirement. They are also entitled to family-related leave. All new employees complete a confidential self- identification questionnaire kept by the HR team. This information is required by the government and helps identify vulnerable groups (women, visible minorities, indigenous people and persons with disabilities) in order to promote employment equity in the workplace. Employ- ees may consult the HR department at any time to dis- cuss a disability that would require accommodation. Training and skills development New employees follow a training plan that outlines all the responsibilities and skills they need to acquire, including the internal trainer and the timeline for skill acquisition. Such training plan also includes important company poli- cies, like the Code of Conduct. Annually, we develop a company training plan based on the needs identified by managers in collaboration with their employees. We also offer internal conferences led by our employees, focusing on technical topics. Contents Social ..................................... 92 Own workforce ...................... 93 Workers in the value chain ..... 98 Human Rights and Transparency .......................... 99 Definitions and accounting principles ............................. 100 See also Human Rights and Transparency Report SOCIAL SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 93 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Sick leave < 3.0% Voluntary turnover < 10% (by 2030) Improve maturity independent safety culture Continuous training and risk assessments Root cause analyses of any and all incidents Encourage and continue social dialogue through CORE employee committee Zero fatalities, zero high consequence injuries LTIFR ambition 0; at least best-in-class vs industry benchmarks Employee Engagement & Participation Mechanisms (CORE, Feedback loops, Workforce involvement) Integrated Health & Safety Governance Framework (OHS Policy, CoC, Committees, Employee Handbook ) Structured OHS Management System (Prevention - & Training Program, Instructions, Guidelines ) I Fatalities 0 0 0 (2022) II # of lost time injuries 1 2 1 (2023) III Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate 3.4 5.8 2.7 (2022) IV Sick leave rate 3.7% 2.9% 3% (2022) V Voluntary turnover rate 15.7% 16.3% 22% (2022) VI 0.0% 92.9% 92.9% (2024) % of succession plans in place for at-risk positions KPI (per year) Own workforce [ESRS S1] Working conditions Strategy Tekna understands the value of its workforce and works in ongoing dialogue to improve the corporate culture, the workplace and conditions. Well-being and work/life bal- ance are an important part of this. At Tekna, health and safety are integral parts of our growth strategy and long-term success. We are commit- ted to establishing and promoting a culture that prioritizes health and safety in the workplace through continuous improvement, involving all employees. Company value: We strive for excellence We have committees in place to address issues related to employee health, safety and well-being. In addition, we have communication channels through managers and human resources departments that allow us to continual- ly evolve our policies so that they are aligned with best business practices. We conduct periodic Employee Satis- faction survey. We provide a base training plan on health and safety for all workers to ensure a strong foundation of safety knowledge and practices. Additionally, we offer more specific training tailored to particular roles, work-related hazards, activities, and situations to address the unique requirements of different jobs. This approach ensures that all employees are equipped to work safely and effec- tively in their specific environments. Progress made in the year • Continuous effort on Safety culture • Training and risk assessments • Root cause analyses for accidents and near-misses • Social dialogue through CORE, the employee committee Comments on (material changes in) KPIs Significant staff reduction over the course of the year has impacted diversity among executive management as well as increased the sick leave. The voluntary turnover rate reduced slightly. Tekna experienced one lost time injuries, reducing the Lost time injury frequency rate to 3.4, reflecting improved workplace safety. The succession plans have not been prioritized with Claude Jean, the "new" CEO, who started earlier this year. Early 2026, this has been initiated. 2025 2024 baseline (year) Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines Operationalization Measurement Action plan SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 94 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information 50% female Board of Directors Guideline Training / Competences (Employee) Code of Conduct and Ethics (PLGRH-20) Employee Handbook (MAGRH-01) Workplace Harassment policy (PLGRH-08) Human Rights Policy (PLRSE- 04) Workers’ compensation equity system Remuneration policy - leading persons Tekna does not have a specific action plan at present. 50% female management I 50% 57% 0% (2021) II 17% 22% 25% (2022) III % of women / non-binary in workforce 28% 26% 25% (2022) IV Unadjusted gender pay gap 20% 17% 9.16% (2022) % of women / non- binary in management % of women / non- binary in Board of Directors KPI (per year) Own workforce [ESRS S1] continued Equal treatment and opportunities for all (Activities on gender equality and non-discrimination) The power of diversity comes from welcoming differences to any discussion. These may come from gender differ- ences, which at Tekna is developing slowly. Fortunately, we can count on a high level of diversity in the mix of nationalities in the team. In 2025, there were people from 21 countries working across the globe. Tekna has a workers compensation system that ensures equality, based on an objective job evaluation method that positions employees on the relative value of their jobs. This system is compliant with the legal requirements prescribed by the Commission for labor standards, pay equity and occupational health and safety (CNESST) of the Province of Quebec. In France, with the new collec- tive agreement for Metallurgy that started on January 1, 2024, equity is ensured among jobs. Therefore, the aver- age pay for men and women vary due to differences in job categories and years of service, not because of gen- der. No gender-based differences exist with regard to working hour regulations or the design of workplaces. Quebec (Canada) and France have strong legislation on discriminatory harassment in the workplace. Our Code of Conduct clearly rejects any form of discrimination and emphasize the importance of respect and civility. It also includes a clear process for reporting and dealing with inappropriate behavior. Strategy Tekna is committed to ensuring that people with different backgrounds, irrespective of ethnicity, gender, religion, sexual orientation or age, have the same opportunities for work and career development at Tekna. Tekna aspires to substantially increase the share of female employees and is working through the employee life cycle to see where measures could be implemented to enhance diversity across the organization. Ensuring diversity and inclusion starts with creating awareness and fostering an open speak-up culture. A framework of guidelines, processes and systems, as well as training for our leadership and employees enable con- tinuous improvement. Unbiased skill-based recruitment, addressing the gender pay gap, mentorships and work- life balance are part of our strategy. Tekna's policies are aligned with UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO Declaration on Fun- damental Principles and Rights at Work, OECD Guide- lines for Multinational Enterprises. Progress made in the year The reduction in headcount has had an unfortunate side effect that the gender diversity in the Executive Leader- ship Team has reduced. Overall, the representation of women in the workforce did increase from 26% to 28%. Comments on (material changes in) KPIs Women/non-binary representation in management reduced compared to last year as well as the baseline, where workforce representation increased slightly from 26% to 28%. The composition of the Board of Directors is now 50/50. The unadjusted gender pay gap for 2025 increased to 20%, primarily due to the reduction in female management and executives. Policies & Guidelines Quantifiable targets 2025 (vs baseline) 2024 (vs baseline) baseline (year) Operationalization Measurement Action plan SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 95 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Social statistical mapping = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Employees Total 158 100.0% 185 100.0% M 114 72.2% 136 73.5% F 44 27.8% 49 26.5% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% F+X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% M 9 5.7% 11 5.9% F 6 3.8% 7 3.8% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% M 101 63.9% 121 65.4% F 37 23.4% 41 22.2% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% M 4 2.5% 4 2.2% F 1 0.6% 1 0.5% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Total 158 100.0% 185 100.0% M 114 72.2% 136 73.5% F 44 27.8% 49 26.5% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Europe 15 9.5% 18 9.7% America 138 87.3% 162 87.6% Asia 5 3.2% 5 2.7% <30 23 14.6% 30 16.2% 30-50 81 51.3% 107 57.8% >50 54 34.2% 48 25.9% Total 0 0.0% 0 0.0% M 0 0.0% 0 0.0% F 0 0.0% 0 0.0% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Europe 0 0.0% 0 0.0% America 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Asia 0 0.0% 0 0.0% <30 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 30-50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% >50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Total number of employees, and a breakdown of total per contract type by gender and by region; S1-6 50b/52 # Part-time S1-6 50d/51 Total number of employees, and a breakdown of this total by gender and by region; # Europe America Asia Tekna Full time Employees continued Total 157 99.4% 185 100.0% M 113 71.5% 136 73.5% F 44 27.8% 49 26.5% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Europe 15 9.5% 18 9.7% America 137 86.7% 162 87.6% Asia 5 3.2% 5 2.7% <30 23 14.6% 30 16.2% 30-50 81 51.3% 107 57.8% >50 54 34.2% 48 25.9% Total 1 0.6% 0 0.0% M 1 0.6% 0 0.0% F 0 0.0% 0 0.0% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Europe 0 0.0% 0 0.0% America 1 0.6% 0 0.0% Asia 0 0.0% 0 0.0% <30 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 30-50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% >50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Total 0 0.0% 0 0.0% M 0 0.0% 0 0.0% F 0 0.0% 0 0.0% X 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Europe 0 0.0% 0 0.0% America 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Asia 0 0.0% 0 0.0% <30 0 0.0% 0 0.0% 30-50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% >50 0 0.0% 0 0.0% # Non- guaranteed hours Permanent Temporary Workers who are not employees 0 1 0 0 S1-7 55 Self-employed people People provided by companies primarily engaged in

Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 96 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Social statistical mapping = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Diversity of governance bodies and employees Tekna Total 158 85% 185 100% M 114 62% 136 74% F 44 24% 49 26% X 0 0% 0 0% < 30 | Total 23 12% 30 16% M 12 40% 18 60% F 11 37% 12 40% X 0 0% 0 0% 30-50 | Tot. 81 44% 107 58% M 62 58% 78 73% F 19 18% 29 27% X 0 0% 0 0% > 50 | Total 54 29% 48 26% M 40 83% 40 83% F 14 29% 8 17% X 0 0% 0 0% Total 33 100% 43 100% M 26 79% 31 72% F 7 21% 12 28% X 0 0% 0 0% F+X 7 21% 12 28% Total 4 100% 7 100% M 2 50% 3 43% F 2 50% 4 57% X 0 0% 0 0% Total 6 100% 6 100% M 5 83% 4 67% F 1 17% 2 33% X 0 0% 0 0% Total 23 100% 30 100% M 19 83% 24 80% F 4 17% 6 20% X 0 0% 0 0% Headcount breakdown of company leadership by gender #% All management Board C-suite Non-executive level management S1-9 66 Headcount of all own employees by age and by gender, on 31-Dec- 2025 # Tekna Collective bargaining coverage | Workers' representatives coverage Tekna Total 15 9% 18 10% EEA 15 100.0% 18 100.0% America 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Asia 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Tekna Total 15 9% 18 10% EEA 15 100.0% 1 100.0% America 0 0.0% 0 0.0% Asia 0 0.0% 0 0.0% S1-8 60 Number and percentage of employees covered by collective bargaining agreements by region # S1-8 63 Number and percentage of employees covered by workers' representatives by region # Employee turnover Tekna Total 58 24% 58 29% Voluntarily 27 16% 33 16% Involuntarily 13 8% 25 12% Other reason (retirement, death 2 1% n/a S1-6 50 Total number and rate of employee turnover during the reporting period #
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 97 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Social statistical mapping = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 = % = % 2025 Requirement Description Unit Coverage Category 2024 SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Work-related injuries employees 0 0 non empl. 0 0 Ext workers @ Tekna 0 0 employees 5 4 non empl. 0 0 employees 1 4 non empl. 0 0 employees 2 0 non empl. 0 0 employees 11 29 non empl. 0 0 Rate of recordable work- related accidents Tekna Total 17.13% 2.15% Lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) per million exposed hours Tekna Total 3.4 5.8 Tekna # of cases of recordable work-related ill health # Tekna # of days lost to work- related injuries and fatalities from work- related accidents, work- related ill health and fatalities from ill health # Tekna S1-14 88 # of fatalities as a result of work-related injuries and work-related ill health # Tekna # of recordable work- related accidents # Tekna # of cases of recordable work-related injuries # Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system S1-14 88 employees 153 97% 181 97% non empl. n/a 0 98% # of people covered by the company's health and safety management system based on legal requirements and/or recognised standards or guidelines # Tekna
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 98 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Due diligence with top 25 highest-risk suppliers Roll out Employee Training on CoC and Compliance policies Human Rights Policy (PLRSE- 04) Improve the % of signatories of the updated Business Partner Code of Conduct to 50% Increase BP CoC signatories - simplify process Business Partner Code of Conduct (Employee) Code of Conduct and Ethics (PLGRH-20) Define most critical suppliers and reinitiate Due diligence on 25 most critical suppliers, ECC to track Routine - Transparency Act Improve participation in its due diligence process and act on “high risk” assessments In effect - Continue to ensure ethical provenance of potential conflict minerals, such as tungsten and tantalum. I % of new suppliers that were screened using social criteria 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 10% II # of suppliers assessed for social impacts ("s.i.") 9 9 25 III n/a IV n/a V n/a 0% 0% # of suppliers with significant actual and potential negative s.i. % of KPI #III with which improvements were agreed % of KPI #III with which relationships were terminated 0% 0% 0 0 Workers in the value chain [ESRS S2] Strategy Tekna is working to ensure compliance with fundamental human rights and acceptable working conditions in our supply chains and with their business partners. Tekna’s first experience with supply-chain due diligence stems from its 2022/23 effort to engage with the top 25 suppliers ranked on the basis of risk of location, location of their supply-chain and or spend. We used a profes- sional tool developed for this purpose, Factlines.com, and after numerous follow-ups we managed to get 9 completed assessments. For results refer to the 2023 report. 80 per cent of Tekna’s global spend comes from suppli- ers based in the EU or NA, which we deem well- governed by legal standards. The highest risk supplier (rank 1/25), based on significance for Tekna for (titanium feedstock), spend (approx. 20 percent of total company spend), and location (China classified as a country with high risk because there is no guarantee of workers’ rights), completed the self-assessment, signed the SCoC and was audited on site. They are well-established and a qualified supplier to major western industrial conglomer- ates. In 2025, we initiated a second due diligence round to identify, measure and understand the most important risks in our supply chain. We developed a methodology to select the top 25 business partners most relevant for due diligence. We are in the process of assessing 3rd party tools to increase the chances of success. We aim to cover topics such as supply chain, risk assess- ment, management systems, working conditions, social responsibility, environment, anti-corruption, and conflict minerals. Progress made in the year • Developed methodology to select our most critical suppliers • Assessing Business partner due diligence tools Comments on (material changes in) KPIs These are the same KPIs as the Human Rights and trans- parency report. In 2025, the focus was on preparing a successful business partner due diligence. We have not started the second wave of due diligence . Refer to the Human Rights and transparency report. Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines KPI (per year) 2025 2024 Target Operationalization Action plan SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Measurement
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 99 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Summary - Human Rights and Transparency Report Tekna Group (“Tekna” or “Group”) is subject to the two following legal frameworks, both having the objective of improving respect for fundamental human rights in supply chains and increasing transparency on the topic. • 1 January 2024, the Canadian Fighting Against Forced Labour and Child Labour in Supply Chains Act came into effect. • 1 July 2022, the Norwegian Transparency Act came into effect. Guidelines and routines In the last few years Tekna has put in place a solid base of guidelines to serve as an ethical compass for its em- ployees and business partners. Since 2022, the Board of Directors approves all ESG policies. Important policies publicly available on www.tekna.com/esg • Code of Conduct and Ethics (CoC, 2023 update) • Business Partner Code of Conduct (BPCoC, 2024 update) • Corporate Governance policy (2022) • Human Rights Policy (2024) • Routine - Transparency Act (2023) • Anti-Corruption policy (2023) • Competition law compliance policy (2023) Relevant internal policies approved by the CEO: • Donations and Sponsorships Policy • Work Harassment policy • Workers’ compensation equity system • Occupational Health & Safety policy Whistleblowing Tekna will endeavour to protect whistleblowers against retaliation. Tekna may, however, disclose information to competent authorities to the extent appropriate. Tekna established a partnership with Whistleblower Soft- ware, enabling us to introduce an anonymous whistle- blowing platform to our valued employees and stakehold- ers. By providing a secure, anonymous and confidential channel for individuals to report concerns, we have strengthened our commitment to maintaining the highest standards of integrity within our organization. In 2025, there were no reported incidents of discrimina- tion, anti-corruption or breaches of the BPCoC or CoC. Tekna received three whistleblowing reports involving two (internal) incidents. Performance In 2025, we initiated a second due diligence round to identify, measure and understand the most important risks in our supply chain. We developed a methodology to select the top 25 business partners most relevant for due diligence. We are in the process of assessing 3rd party tools to increase the chances of success. We aim to cover topics such as supply chain, risk assess- ment, management systems, working conditions, social responsibility, environment, anti-corruption, and conflict minerals. Process to remediate negative impacts To date, Tekna has not detected or been informed of any negative impact to remediate. In line with our 2024 Human Rights Policy and commit- ment, Tekna ensures that complaints are handled promptly, impartially, and according to applicable laws and regulations. Our grievance handling team will con- ducts thorough investigations, taking action, and ensur- ing transparency throughout the remediation process. Actions planned for 2026 • Increase BPCoC signatories - simplify process • Continue due diligence on 25 most critical suppliers, ECC to track For further information on the process, considerations and assessment results, accounting policies, etc, please refer to the full Human Rights and Transparency Report in the appendix. KPI (per year) 2025 2024 Target I % of new suppliers that were screened using social criteria 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 10% II # of suppliers assessed for social impacts ("s.i.") 9 9 25 III n/a IV n/a V n/a 0% 0% # of suppliers with significant actual and potential negative s.i. % of KPI #III with which improvements were agreed % of KPI #III with which relationships were terminated 0% 0% 0 0 Go to Tekna Whistleblowing page See Human Rights and Transparency Report SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Measurement
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 100 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Ill health Work-related ill health can include acute, re- curring, and chronic health problems caused or aggravated by work conditions or practic- es. These include musculoskeletal disorders, skin and respiratory diseases, malignant can- cers, diseases caused by physical agents (for example, noise-induced hearing loss, vibration -caused diseases), and mental illnesses (for example, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disor- der). For the purpose of the required disclo- sures, the undertaking shall, at a minimum, include in its disclosure those cases outlined in the ILO List of Occupational Diseases. Lost-time injuries Work-related injuries that lead to an employee missing work. In this metric, each injury counts as 1 (regardless of the length of time lost). Sickness absence Leave taken by an employee due to sickness, either short-term (16 days or less) or long- term (more than 16 days). Work- related acci- dents A work-related incident that results in injury or ill health. This is to be distinguished from an incident that has the potential to result in inju- ry or ill health but where none occurs, which is often referred to as a ‘close call’, ‘near-miss’, or ‘near-hit’. Accidents related to commuting are only included if the employer organized Work- related hazards Work-related hazards can be physical (e.g. radiation, temperature extremes, constant loud noise, spills on floors or tripping hazards, unguarded machinery, faulty electrical equip- ment), ergonomic (e.g. improperly adjusted work stations and chairs, awkward move- ments, vibration), chemical (e.g. exposure to solvents, carbon monoxide, flammable materi- als, pesticides), biological (e.g. exposure to blood and bodily fluids, fungi, bacteria, virus- es, insect bites), and/or psychosocial (e.g. verbal abuse, harassment, bullying, excessive workload demands, shift work, long hours, Definitions and Accounting principles Social Employee An individual who is in an employment rela- tionship with the company according to na- tional law or practice. Non- employee Non-employees in the company's own work- force include both individual contractors sup- plying labor to the company (self-employed people) and people provided by other com- panies that are primarily engaged in employ- ment activities (such as employment placing agencies, human resources provision, etc. as covered by NACE Code N78). We consider that interns and volunteers (if applicable) fall in this category. All other employ- ees Employees who are not a part of the Board of Directors, the C-suite, or the non-executive level management. Non- executive level man- agement Management team excluding the C-suite. This includes Directors, Sales directors, First line manager, Management committee mem- bers in Tekna Plasma Europe. Regular perfor- mance review A regular performance review is defined as a review based on criteria known to the em- ployee and his or her superior undertaken with the knowledge of the employee at least once per year. The review can include an evaluation by the worker’s direct superior, peers, or a wider range of employees . The review can also involve the human resources department. Training Initiatives put in place by the company aimed at the maintenance and/or improvement of skills and knowledge of its own workers. It can include different methodologies, such as Remuner- ation Annual total remuneration to own workforce includes salary, bonus, stock awards, option awards, non-equity incentive plan compensa- tion, change in pension value, and nonquali- fied deferred compensation earnings provid- Collec- tive bar- gaining agree- ments All negotiations which take place between an employer, a group of employers or one or more employers' organizations, on the one hand, and one or more trade unions or, in their absence, the representatives of the workers duly elected and authorized by them in accordance with national laws and regula- tions, on the other, for: i. determining working conditions and terms of employment; and/or ii. regulating relations between employers and workers; and/or regulating relations between employers or their organizations and a work- ers' organization(s). Social dialogue All types of negotiation, consultation or simply exchange of information between, or among, representatives of governments, employers, their organizations and workers' representa- tives, on issues of common interest relating to economic and social policy. It can exist as a tripartite process, with the government as an official party to the dialogue or it may consist of bipartite relations only between workers' representatives and management (or trade Social protec- tion The set of measures designed to reduce and prevent poverty and vulnerability. In this con- text social protection can be provided through public programs (e.g. the welfare system of- fered by the country) or through benefits of- Persons with disa- bilities Persons with disabilities include those who have long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments which in interaction with various barriers may hinder their full and effective participation in society on an equal basis with others. Disability is the umbrella term for impairments, activity limitations and participation restrictions, referring to the nega- tive aspects of the interaction between an individual (with a health condition) and that individual's contextual factors (environmental Work- related injuries or ill health Work-related injury or ill health that results in any of the following: i. death, days away from work, restricted work or transfer to another job, medical treatment beyond first aid, or loss of consciousness; or ii. significant injury or ill health diagnosed by a physician or other li- censed healthcare professional, even if it does not result in death, days away from work, re- stricted work or job transfer, medical treat- ment beyond first aid, or loss of conscious- ness. Examples of work situations or activities that can cause occupational diseases can include stress or regular exposure to harmful chemicals. Family- related leave Family-related leave include maternity leave, paternity leave, parental leave, and carers’ leave (leave for workers to provide personal care or support to a relative, or a person who lives in the same household, in need of signifi- cant care or support for a serious medical reason, as defined by each state) that is avail- able under national law or collective agree- ments. In some states, these include leave for adoption. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 101 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Definitions and Accounting principles Social Adequate wage A wage that provides for the satisfaction of the needs of the worker and their family in the light of national economic and social con- ditions. Lowest wage The company's lowest pay category, exclud- ing interns and apprentices. This is to be based on the basic wage plus any fixed addi- tional payments that are guaranteed to all Applica- ble bench- marks In EEA: The minimum wage set by the state in accordance with Directive (EU) 2022/2041 of the European Parliament and of the Coun- cil. Outside EEA: The minimum wage set by: i. the wage level established in any existing international, national or sub-national legisla- tion, official norms or collective agreements, based on an assessment of a wage level needed for a decent standard of living; ii. if none of the instruments identified in (i) exist, any national or sub-national minimum wage established by legislation or collective bar- gaining ; or iii. if none of the instruments iden- tified in (i) or (ii) exist, any benchmark that meets the criteria set out by the Sustainable Trade Initiative (IDH) (‘ Roadmap on Living Wages - A Platform to Secure Living Wages in Supply Chains ’), including applicable benchmarks aligned with the Anker method- ology, or provided by the Wage Indicator Foundation or Fair Wage Network, provided the primacy of collective bargaining for the establishment of terms and conditions of employment is ensured. Gross hourly pay Total annual remuneration paid to an employ- ee (see definition of Remuneration) divided Median pay level The pay of the employee that would have half of the employees earn more and half less than they do, excluding the highest-paid indi- vidual. Discrimi- nation Discrimination can occur directly or indirectly. Direct discrimination occurs when an individu- al is treated less favorably by comparison to how others, who are in a similar situation, have been or would be treated, and the rea- son for this is a particular characteristic they hold, which falls under a ‘protected ground’. Indirect discrimination occurs when an appar- ently neutral rule disadvantages a person or a group sharing the same characteristics. It must be shown that a group is disadvantaged by a decision when compared to a compara- tor group. Harass- ment A situation where an unwanted conduct relat- ed to a protected ground of discrimination (for example, gender, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation) occurs with the purpose or effect of violating the dignity of a person, and of creating an intimidating, hos- tile, degrading, humiliating or offensive envi- Incident A legal action or complaint registered with the company or competent authorities through a formal process, or an instance of non- compliance identified by the company through established procedures. Established proce- dures to identify instances of non-compliance can include management system audits, for- mal monitoring programs, or grievance mech- anisms. Definitions for full-time, part-time, permanent, temporary, and non-guaranteed hours are measured according to definitions in the national laws of the countries where the employee is based. Available work days and hours Estimated on the basis of normal or standard hours of work, taking into account entitlements to periods of paid leave of absence from work, e.g. paid vacations, paid sick leave, public holiday Rate of recordable work-related accidents This is calculated per million exposed hours: (Number of work-related accidents in the reporting period x 1,000,000) / (Total hours worked in the reporting period) If total hours worked in the reporting period is not provid- ed, the total available work hours in the reporting period is used instead. Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) This shows the average number of injuries occurring over 1 million working hours. LTIFR is calculated as: Unadjusted gender pay gap Unadjusted gender pay gap’ is defined as the difference between average gross hourly earnings of man and wom- en expressed as a percentage of the average gross hour- ly earnings of men. Tekna group. Year-end information. Sick leave rate Ratio of total sick leave to total available work days. Voluntary turnover rate Number of employees leaving voluntarily (e.g. resigna- tion) divided by the average number of employees. Average number of employees Calculated as [ total number of employees at the begin- ning of the year + total number of employees at the end of the year divided by 2]. Total number of training hours Each year, we record all completed training sessions and produce a report highlighting the training hours and costs. The data established by gender were calculated on the basis of the number of employees by gender. Family-related leave This reporting relates to all data for the entirety of 2024. For matters such as family-related leave, it is possible that leave would have started in 2023 and continued into 2024. All days in 2024 are included here (but no days from 2023). Accounting principles S2 | Human Rights and Transparency Not applicable. Accounting principles S1 Methodology: we use headcount at the end of the report- ing period. All data from 1-Jan-2024 to 31-Dec-2024 is included unless stated otherwise. If a group contains fewer than 5 people, personal information is not consid- ered anonymous. Privacy regulations such as GDPR may apply and are therefore not disclosed. SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 102 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Impeccable business conduct. Secure systems. Responsible business conduct is fundamen- tal for Tekna’s business, its credibility, and its ability to succeed with its strategy. Tekna expects its internal and external stakehold- ers to comply with this responsibility. By working together, the Board of Directors (“BoD”) and Executive Leadership Team (“ELT”) create a strong ethical foundation, promoting compliance, and building trust with employees, customers, and stakeholders. The board sets the overall ethical tone and governance framework for the company, ensuring that business conduct aligns with the organization's core values, mission, and long- term strategy. They review and approve key policies, includ- ing the company's Code of Conduct and whistleblower poli- cy. The board monitors the effectiveness of the company's business conduct policies through periodic reports from management, audits, and the ethics and compliance com- mittees. They identify and assess risks related to ethical laps- es and misconduct and ensure that adequate mitigation measures are in place. They ensure that violations are addressed appropriately, including taking disciplinary action against senior executives when necessary, and encourage a Speak-Up Culture. By endorsing whistle- blower protections and ensuring confidentiality, the board fosters an environment where employees feel safe report- ing misconduct. The Executive Leadership Team focuses on implement- ing policies and enforcing them in day-to-day operations. They ensure employees are aware and training is up to date and promote ethical leadership by being role models in our organization. They monitor and report on potential risks and findings to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis and strive for continuous improvement of business conduct. Collaboration between the BoD and ELT ensures ac- countability, information flow and policy development. The bodies consist of an experienced team of individuals with a strong ethical compass and personal values. Code of Conduct Tekna has implemented its Code of Conduct (“CoC”) in 2020 and updated it in December 2023. The Board of Directors approved the policy. Amongst other important topics, the CoC includes Corruption and Bribery, Sanc- tions, Human Rights, Whistleblowing and Protection and Market communication and disclosure. The CoC is available in the Document Management Sys- tem "Isovision" and on the website. It is part of the intro- duction program of every employee as well as compulso- ry (re-)lecture when significant updates are done. Further relevant policies are: • Business partner code of conduct • Anti-Corruption policy • Competition Law Compliance policy • Donations and Sponsorships policy • Employee handbook A new video training has been developed in 2024 and has been rolled out in 2025. 98% of employees have completed the training within the year. Whistleblowing Tekna is connected to an independent online platform hosted on: https://whistleblowersoftware.com/secure/ tekna. Tekna has the link on its website as it is available for use by any stakeholder. We do not actively inform business partners that the channel exists as other gov- ernance actions are deemed more important and urgent. The reports are sent for review and action to the HR director and HR business partner (unless they are spe- cifically named in the report) and for information: to the CEO and VP Corporate Strategy In 2025, there was one reports via the Whistleblowing channel concerning an internal incident of breach of the CoC (unprofessional behavior employee). Currently, there is no independent investigative body, like Internal Audits, in place. Tekna has plans to set one up when it reaches a revenue / transaction threshold. The CEO / CFO may retain a 3rd party on a case by case basis to investigate incidents. Contents Governance .......................... 102 Business conduct ................ 103 Cyber security ..................... 104 See also Corporate Governance Report Go to Tekna Whistleblowing page GOVERNANCE SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 103 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Zero compliance incidents per annum Continue agenda of Ethics and Compliance Committee Corporate Governance policy (Employee) Code of Conduct and Ethics Employee Handbook Increase transparency and accountability by creating business areas Reduce legal entities in Asia to reduce complexity and risk Roll out Employee Training on CoC and Compliance policies Business Partner Code of Conduct Anti-Corruption policy Competition law compliance policy Donations and Sponsorships Policy Routine - Transparency Act 100% of workforce signed Code of Conduct and received training on it All whistleblower cases handled within 3 months I # of reported incidents/breach CoC 0 0 0 II % training of CoC 98% 0% 100% III # of corruption cases 0 0 0 IV Whistleblower reports 1 3 n/a V Whistleblower reports avg resolution time 2 wks 7 wks 12 wks max. The case was resolved by year-end and within two weeks. Risks Positions considered most at risk in respect of corruption and bribery are management (11 people), financial (6), procurement (2) and sales (13) due to the seniority of their positions as well as exposure to reputational lever- age. We have identified one high risk business partner based on significance for Tekna (titanium feedstock), spend (approx. 20 percent of total company spend), and loca- tion ((ranking on the corruption index). They have com- pleted the self-assessment, signed the CoC and were audited on site in 2023. Prevention and detection (based on the anti-corruption policy) Prevention is based on policies in place and training for key employees. Tekna will conduct periodic audits of its international of- fices, manufacturing facilities, Business Partners in order to evaluate the effectiveness of and compliance with the requirements of the policies. Audits may be conducted internally by Tekna, or externally by retained third parties. All representative complaints or reports of violations shall be addressed to Human Resources. All reports received will be promptly and fully investigated. There have be no incidents of corruption or bribery in 2025. Business Conduct [ESRS G1] Strategy Ensuring proper business conduct within Tekna is based on putting in place guidelines, processes, systems and training for our leadership and employees, demonstrating a zero tolerance for infringement as well as performing due diligence in selecting and cooperating with business partners. Company value: We build trust Progress made in the year The organization has been restructured and we continue on this path of simplification. • Created internal business areas for Materials and Systems to increase transparency and accounta- bility • In process of reducing legal entities in Asia to reduce complexity and compliance risk • Training on Code of Conduct and Compliance implemented • Whistleblower solution in place and emphasized its existence with employees. • Ethics and Compliance Committee in place Comments on material changes in KPIs The governance KPIs highlight robust measures to strengthen integrity and cybersecurity. In 2025, 98% of employees followed the Code of Conduct training. The 2% remaining are new employees who are still in their induction period. Only one whistleblowing case, which was handled within two weeks. There were no violations of anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws, reflecting a strong commitment to ethical governance practices. Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines KPI (per year) 2025 2024 Target Operationalization Action plan SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED) Measurement
Contents SUSTAINABILITY REPORT | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 104 Introduction Performance Financials Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information 0 successful cyber security breaches per annum Simulated phishing campaign result <5% avg.p.a. Remain up to date! In terms of training ICT personnel, installing software patches, compliant devices, training personnel etc in line with Tekna's level of exposure. 95% compliant devices at any point in time Train all employees annually by elearning, and monthly simulation phishing campaigns. 95% workforce trained at any point in time Implementation cyber security roadmap. Guideline Training / Competences Cyber security policy (PLTIF- 00) General IT policy (PLTIF-01) Cyber security training I II % of workforce trained in cyber sec. 100% 100% 100% (2024) III % compliant devices IV % Simulated phishing campaign failure % of successful cyber attacks (gaining unauthorised access) 0% 0% 0% (2024) Cyber security [ESRS Gx] (Entity specific) Strategy Information and Communications Technology (ICT) secu- rity relates to the internal policies and protocols specific to the Group that help ensure that information and data are protected and secure from unwanted breaches or incidents and handled in such a manner that protect company-specific data and individual rights and adhere to applicable external regulations. Executives and Finance positions are at risk for their ac- cess to sensitive data and presumed ability to authorize or move money (25 employees in 2025). Tekna does not store personal data of a sensitive nature, except of its own employees. Progress made in the year • Tekna keeps a log of (attempted) cyber attacks. • Tekna is implementing a cyber security roadmap based on conclusions of a third party vulnerability test performed in 2023. • All employees pass compulsory security awareness training on an annual basis and simulated phishing attacks throughout the year. Additional training is imposed to employees failing security training, simu- lated phishing attacks or as determined by manage- ment. Comments on material changes in KPIs Due to the possibility of abuse of any disclosure, infor- mation is provided at a summarized level and results of certain KPIs not disclosed. 100% of the workforce received cybersecurity training. The organization suffered no successful cyberattacks in 2025. Quantifiable targets Policies & Guidelines KPI (per year) 2025 (vs baseline) 2024 (vs baseline) baseline (year) Operationalization Measurement Action plan Not disclosed due to the sensitive nature of the information SUSTAINABILITY REPORT (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 105 Appendix Appendix I. Organization chart, shareholders, entities ......... 106 II. Alternative Performance Measures.......................... 107 III. Carbon Accounting ............ 109 IV. EU Taxonomy Report ......... 119 V. Human Rights and Transparency Report ......... 128 VI. Abbreviations ESG ............ 134 Contact information ................ 135
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 106 Appendix I Tekna at a glance Tekna Group, as per 31.12.2025 Organisational units: Comment Staff Tekna Holding ASA, Norway THASA, holding 0 Tekna Holding Canada Inc, Canada THC, holding 0 Tekna Plasma Systems Inc, Operational headquarter, TPS, Systems production 89 Tekna Advanced Materials Inc, Canada TAM, Materials production 48 JLM (temporary) Warehouse, Canada JLM, not a legal entity 0 Tekna Plasma Europe SAS, France TPE, sales office Europe, powder production (idle in 2025) 15 Tekna Plasma Suzhou Co Ltd, China TPZ, sales office China 4 Tekna Plasma Korea Co Ltd, Korea TPK, sales office Korea 1 Tekna Inc, USA TUS, sales office USA 1 Organization chart and entity description Major shareholders Main objectives Vision: Advance the world with sustainable material solutions, one particle at a time. Mission: Be the ultimate partner We achieve this by leveraging our talented people, our innovations and our manufacturing excellence to provide our customers with plasma technology and material solutions that drive their success, today and tomorrow. Key financial figures in CAD million 2025 2024 Revenues 35.6 37.2 Adjusted EBITDA -1.4 -6.9 EBITDA -3.1 -4.0 Net profit / loss -11.0 -11.1 Cash balance 17.4 12.4 Employees 158 185 OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 107 Appendix II Definitions Tekna presents alternative performance measures as a supplement to measures regulated by IFRS. The Group considers these measures to be an important supplemental measure for investors to un- derstand the Groups’ activities. They are meant to provide an enhanced insight into the operations, financing, and future prospects of the company. These measures are calculated in a consistent and transparent manner and are intended to provide enhanced comparability of the performance from period to period. The definitions of these measures are as follows: Adjusted EBITDA: Is defined as the profit/(loss) for the period before income tax expense, finance costs, finance income, share of net income (loss) from associated com- panies and joint ventures, depreciation, and amortization adjusted for certain special operating items affecting comparability. These operating items include, but not limited to, restructuring costs, and litigation costs and incomes, and expenses for vesting and change in social security tax because of the development in the value of the underlying shares in the group’s share-based com- pensation scheme. Adjusted EBITDA Margin %: Is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues. EBIT: Is defined as the profit/(loss) for the period before income tax expense, finance costs, finance income, share of net income (loss) from associated companies and joint ventures. EBIT Margin %: Is defined as EBIT as a percentage of revenues. Alternative Performance Measures Adjusted EBIT: Is defined as the profit/(loss) for the peri- od before income tax expense, finance costs, finance income, share of net income (loss) from associated com- panies and joint ventures adjusted for certain special operating items affecting comparability. These operating items include, but not limited to, restructuring costs, liti- gation costs and incomes, and expenses for vesting and change in social security tax because of the development in the value of the underlying shares in the group’s share- based compensation scheme. Adjusted EBIT Margin %: Is defined as Adjusted EBIT as a percentage of revenues. Adjusted EBIT Margin is a non -IFRS financial measure that the Group considers to be an APM, and this measure should not be viewed as a substitute for any IFRS financial measure. Long Term Debt/Equity Ratio: Is defined as total non- current liabilities divided by total equity. Long Term Debt/ Equity Ratio is a non-IFRS financial measure that the Group considers to be an APM, and this measure should not be viewed as a substitute for any IFRS financial measure. Contribution Margin: Is defined as revenues less direct variable costs such as direct labor, raw material, electrici- ty, gas consumption, commissions, freight, customs and brokerage fees, laboratory supplies and packaging. The Contribution Margin is used to evaluate performance of production before any allocation of fixed manufacturing costs. Contribution Margin %: is defined as the Contribution Margin divided by revenues in the period. EBITDA: Is defined as the profit/(loss) for the period be- fore income tax expense, finance costs, finance income, share of net income (loss) from associated companies and joint ventures, depreciation, and amortization. EBITDA Margin %: Is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of revenues. Findex APM
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 108 APPENDIX II: ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (CONTINUED) FY 2025 FY 2024 (Audited) (Audited) Net profit/loss -11 048 -11 150 Income tax expense (income) -1 093 -851 Finance cost 3 016 2 977 Finance Income -986 -691 (a) EBIT -7 925 -8 014 Litigation costs 310 215 Litigation income - -2 938 Share-based compensation 167 20 Provision (reversal) for bad debts on accounts receivable from the joint venture - -633 Rights Issue 73 - Restructuring costs 1 099 442 (b) Adjusted EBIT -6 277 -10 909 (c) Revenues 35 576 37 166 EBIT margin (a/c) -22.3 % -21.6 % Adjusted EBIT margin (b/c) -17.6 % -29.4 % 31.12.2025 2024.12.31 (Audited) (Audited) (a) Total non-current liabilities 5 401 34 771 (b) Total equity 55 904 26 537 Long Term Debt/Equity Ratio (a/b) 0.10 1.31 Amounts in CAD 1000 Amounts in CAD 1000 FY 2025 FY 2024 (Audited) (Audited) Revenues 35 576 37 166 Materials and consumables used 16 613 21 165 (b) Contribution margin 18 962 16 001 (c) Revenues 35 576 37 166 Contribution margin % (b/c) 53.3 % 43.1 % FY 2025 FY 2024 (Audited) (Audited) Net profit/loss -11 048 -11 150 Income tax expense (income) -1 093 -851 Finance costs 3 016 2 977 Finance income -986 -691 Share of net income (loss) from associated companies and joint ventures - -1 Depreciation and amortization 4 866 4 021 (a) EBITDA -3 059 -3 993 Litigation costs 310 215 Litigation income - -2 938 Share-based compensation 167 20 Provision (reversal) for bad debts on accounts receivable from the joint venture - -633 Rights Issue 73 - Restructuring costs 1 099 442 (b) Adjusted EBITDA -1 411 -6 888 (c) Revenues 35 576 37 166 EBITDA margin (a/c) -8.6 % -10.7 % Adjusted EBITDA margin (b/c) -4.0 % -18.5 % Amounts in CAD 1000 Amounts in CAD 1000 Findex
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 109 Key figures | GHG Emissions Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Summary - GHG Emissions Total Scope 1 tCO2e 576.6 585.1 589.0 595.9 543.3 -6% -9% Total Scope 2 tCO2e 41.7 33.7 29.1 13.9 9.8 -76% -29% Total Scope 3 tCO2e 434.3 752.8 1 981.2 41 347.3 30 345.2 -27% -27% tCO2e 1 052.7 1 371.6 2 599.2 41 957.1 30 898.4 -26% -26% Total Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Scope 1 Stationary combustion Natural gas tCO2e 576.6 585.1 589.0 595.9 543.3 Stationary combustion Total tCO2e 576.6 585.1 589.0 595.9 543.3 -6% -9% Scope 1 Total tCO2e 576.6 585.1 589.0 595.9 543.3 -6% -9% Scope 2 Electricity location-based Electricity France tCO2e 32.1 26.6 22.2 5.9 3.3 Electricity China tCO2e 5.0 1.9 1.5 1.2 1.1 Electricity Korea tCO2e 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.1 Electricity USA tCO2e 0.8 0.8 Electricity location-based Total tCO2e 37.6 29.0 24.1 8.0 5.4 -86% -33% Electricity general Hydropower, Quebec tCO2e 4.1 4.7 4.9 5.8 4.5 Electricity general Total tCO2e 4.1 4.7 4.9 5.8 4.5 9% -24% Scope 2 Total tCO2e 41.7 33.7 29.1 13.9 9.8 -76% -29% Appendix III Contents Key figures GHG Emissions ..... 109 Key figures Energy................... 114 Key figures Energy Consumption ........................... 115 History of Restatements ........... 117 Methodology & Sources........... 118 Key figures | GHG Emissions - Summary Carbon accounting 2021-2025 CO 2 FOOTPRINT
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 110 APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED) Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Scope 3 Purchased goods and services Aluminium tCO2e 774.1 803.6 Titanium tCO2e 7 304.9 6 163.0 Metals avg. tCO2e 21.4 Architectural and engineering services tCO2e 9.1 0.3 Building, repair and maintenance tCO2e 115.6 1.6 Business Support Services tCO2e 20.0 0.7 Chemicals, general tCO2e 425.2 14.1 Cloud & facility management services tCO2e 38.3 8.3 Compressed gases tCO2e 1 824.0 931.8 Computer-related hardware tCO2e 40.9 Dry-cleaning and laundry tCO2e 15.5 7.5 Electronic components tCO2e 93.5 3.2 Facility services tCO2e 35.8 16.0 Insurance and brokerage tCO2e 7.1 4.2 Laboratory instruments tCO2e 21.3 16.6 Legal services tCO2e 37.8 12.4 Machine tool manufacturing tCO2e 79.0 5.7 Machinery, equipment, and supplies tCO2e 63.1 55.2 Machinery, repair and maintenance tCO2e 82.0 32.0 Measuring and Controlling Devices tCO2e 6.1 4.0 Mechanical power trans.equipment tCO2e 7.1 1.8 Metal structural products tCO2e 14.4 24.7 Other electrical equipment tCO2e 20.9 Pipes and pipe fittings tCO2e 141.3 11.1 Plastic products tCO2e 108.1 0.6 Postal service tCO2e 11.0 0.1 Pumps and pumping equipment tCO2e 48.2 17.1 Screws, nuts, and bolts tCO2e 60.1 0.4 Software tCO2e 13.9 57.8 Technical consulting services tCO2e 12.3 6.1 Telecommunications tCO2e 3.8 4.3 Waste management tCO2e 71.4 4.8 Advertising and PR tCO2e 24.1 1.7 Accounting tCO2e 21.0 Electronic equipment, repair and maintenance tCO2e 17.5 Metal plumbing drains, faucets, valves tCO2e 16.6 Plate work, struct. product manufacturing tCO2e 26.2 Power, distribution, and special transformer tCO2e 9.6 Scientific services tCO2e 9.6 Other professional services tCO2e 4.1 Semiconductors tCO2e 6.0 Books (printed media) tCO2e 4.2 Office supplies incl paper tCO2e 7.2 Aircon, cooling/heating equipment tCO2e 2.4 Office administration tCO2e 1.2 Key figures GHG Emissions
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 111 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Air and gas compressors tCO2e 1.5 Computer systems design tCO2e 0.9 Building material and garden equipment retail tCO2e 0.6 Clothing tCO2e 0.8 Educational services tCO2e 0.7 Security services tCO2e 0.4 Coffee and tea tCO2e 1.4 Medical devices and protective gear tCO2e 0.6 Restaurants, limited service tCO2e 1.0 Other rubber products tCO2e 1.4 Computers tCO2e 0.2 Employment services tCO2e 0.2 Cutlery and handtools tCO2e 0.7 Printing tCO2e 0.5 Machinery and equipment rental tCO2e 0.2 Office supplies excl. paper tCO2e 0.3 Machinery, general purposes tCO2e 0.1 Soft drinks, bottled water and ice tCO2e 0.1 Petroleum oil and grease tCO2e 0.2 Batteries tCO2e 0.0 Paints and coatings tCO2e 0.1 Purchased goods and services Total tCO2e 11 530.0 8 369.3 -27% -27% Capital goods Building, repair and maintenance tCO2e 7.8 21.3 Machinery, equipment, and supplies tCO2e 145.2 51.4 Computer-related hardware tCO2e 1.0 - Office furniture tCO2e 4.0 - Capital goods Total tCO2e 158.0 72.8 -54% -54% Fuel-and-energy-related activities Natural gas (WTT) tCO2e 98.0 98.9 96.5 97.2 87.5 Electricity Canada (upstream) tCO2e 284.2 274.6 269.5 283.4 234.6 Electricity France (upstream) tCO2e 7.1 8.3 10.1 2.5 1.8 Electricity China (upstream) tCO2e 1.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.2 Electricity Korea (upstream) tCO2e 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 Electricity USA (upstream) tCO2e 0.2 0.2 Fuel-and-energy-related activities Total tCO2e 391.2 382.4 376.6 383.6 324.4 -17% -15% Upstream transportation and distribution Truck transport tCO2e 202.2 Truck avg. (WTW) tCO2e 104.5 39.6 34.9 Air freight avg. (WTT) tCO2e 89.7 Air transportation (WTW) tCO2e 846.1 1 180.0 692.5 Rail freight tCO2e 3.2 Sea ship avg. (WTW) tCO2e 182.4 48.9 11.6 Transportation tCO2e 7.6 2.6 6.0 Upstream transportation and distribution Total tCO2e 1 233.5 1 271.0 947.3 -23% -25% Key figures GHG Emissions APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 112 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Waste Hazardous waste, recycled tCO2e 0.01 0.01 1.30 0.49 0.03 -94% Hazardous waste, re-used tCO2e 0.02 0.06 0.01 0.14 1039% Hazardous waste, treated tCO2e 0.03 0.99 0.08 0.03 0.00 -91% Hazardous waste, landfill tCO2e 0.28 0.24 0.37 0.03 0.01 -66% Cardboard waste, recycled tCO2e - 0.28 0.35 0.09 0.05 -41% Paper waste, recycled tCO2e 0.05 0.06 0.00 0.00 -27% Plastic waste, recycled tCO2e 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 -84% Metal waste, recycled tCO2e 0.14 0.15 0.07 0.07 -2% Glass waste, recycled tCO2e 0.00 0.00 -26% EE waste, recycled tCO2e 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -27% Wood waste, recycled tCO2e 0.05 0.24 0.42 0.08 0.02 -71% Mineral oil waste, incinerated (H) tCO2e 2.51 1.50 2.51 2.51 0% Organic waste, recycled tCO2e 0.00 0.00 -27% Organic waste, composting tCO2e 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01 1% Sorted waste, recycled tCO2e 0.15 0.15 0.05 0.02 -57% Residual waste, incinerated tCO2e 0.20 0.20 0% Residual waste, landfill tCO2e 2.45 14.39 16.27 14.22 11.86 -17% Waste Total tCO2e 2.9 19.1 20.7 17.8 14.9 -22% -16% Business travel Hotel nights, world tCO2e 6.2 42.1 40.6 13.8 15.5 12% Train International tCO2e 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 14% Mileage all. avg. car tCO2e 11.3 21.4 16.2 9.7 9.1 -5% Flights tCO2e 22.8 51.7 64.9 41.3 45.0 9% Business travel Total tCO2e 40.3 115.4 121.8 64.8 69.7 -40% 8% Employee commuting Car, petrol (avg.) tCO2e 170.3 154.1 134.1 142.5 6% Car, petrol (medium) tCO2e 56.2 57.7 44.1 35.2 -20% Motorbike, small tCO2e 0.3 0.5 0.9 75% Electric car EU27 tCO2e 6.5 10.1 15.3 11.1 -28% Car, Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) tCO2e 3.4 13.9 9.5 -32% Bus local avg. tCO2e 2.8 3.1 1.2 0.3 -77% Employee commuting Total tCO2e 235.8 228.6 209.0 199.4 -15% -5% Processing of sold products Metals avg. tCO2e 13 639.0 13 593.0 Processing of sold products Total tCO2e 13 639.0 13 593.0 0% 0% Use of sold products Argon (liquid), Europe tCO2e 3 029.9 1 385.6 Hydrogen fuel, use tCO2e - - Electricity Asia avg. tCO2e 11 042.1 5 367.1 Use of sold products Total tCO2e 14 071.9 6 752.7 -52% -52% Key figures GHG Emissions APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 113 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 End-of-life treatment of sold products EE waste, recycled tCO2e 0.0 0.0 Silicon waste, landfill tCO2e 0.0 0.0 Mineral oil waste, recycled (H) tCO2e 0.0 0.0 EoL: Metal waste, recycled tCO2e 1.6 1.4 EoL: Wood waste, incinerated tCO2e 0.1 0.0 EoL: Ceramic waste, landfill tCO2e 0.0 0.0 EoL: Plastic waste, recycled tCO2e 0.0 0.0 EoL: Rubber waste, incinerated tCO2e 0.4 0.3 End-of-life treatment of sold products Total tCO2e 2.1 1.7 -20% -20% Scope 3 Total tCO2e 434.3 752.8 1 981.2 41 347.3 30 345.2 -27% -27% Total (Scope 1 + 2) tCO2e 618.4 618.8 618.1 609.8 553.2 -11% -9% Total (Scope 1 + 2 + 3) tCO2e 1 052.7 1 371.6 2 599.2 41 957.1 30 898.4 -26% -26% Percentage change % 30.3% 89.5% 1514.7% -26.4% Key figures GHG Emissions APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 114 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Scope 1 Stationary combustion Natural gas MWh 3 125.9 3 182.6 2 882.1 2 914.4 2 650.3 Stationary combustion Total MWh 3 125.9 3 182.6 2 882.1 2 914.4 2 650.3 Scope 1 Total MWh 3 125.9 3 182.6 2 882.1 2 914.4 2 650.3 -15% -8% Scope 2 Electricity Electricity France MWh 593.6 521.3 424.8 92.0 78.5 Electricity China MWh 8.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.9 Electricity Korea MWh 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.4 0.3 Electricity USA MWh 2.2 2.5 Electricity Total MWh 602.7 525.4 428.3 96.6 83.3 -86% -81% Electricity general Hydropower, Quebec MWh 6 832.6 7 800.1 8 242.9 9 739.1 7 447.6 Electricity general Total MWh 6 832.6 7 800.1 8 242.9 9 739.1 7 447.6 9% -10% Scope 2 Total MWh 7 435.4 8 325.5 8 671.2 9 835.7 7 530.8 1% -13% Total (Scope 1 + 2 + 3) MWh 10 561.2 11 508.1 11 553.2 12 750.1 10 181.1 -4% -12% GJ 38 020.4 41 429.3 41 591.6 45 900.2 36 652.0 Percentage change % 9% 0.4% 10.4% -20.1% Scope 1 renewable energy MWh - - - - - Scope 1 renewable energy share % 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% - - Scope 2 renewable energy (Location-based) MWh 6 964.5 7 932.2 8 345.6 9 764.2 7 470.2 Scope 2 renewable energy share (Location-based) % 93.7% 95.3% 96.2% 99.3% 99.2% Total renewable energy (Location-based) MWh 6 964.5 7 932.2 8 345.6 9 764.2 7 470.2 Total renewable energy share (Location-based) % 65.9% 68.9% 72.2% 76.6% 73.4% 11% 97% Scope 2 renewable energy (Market-based) MWh 6 832.6 7 800.1 8 242.9 9 739.1 7 447.6 Scope 2 renewable energy share (Market-based) % 91.9% 93.7% 95.1% 99% 98.9% Total renewable energy (Market-based) MWh 6 832.6 7 800.1 8 242.9 9 739.1 7 447.6 Total renewable energy share (Market-based) % 64.7% 67.8% 71.3% 76.4% 73.2% 13% 97% Key figures Energy APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 115 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Scope 1 Stationary combustion Natural gas m3 283 396.0 288 018.0 286 774.0 288 840.7 260 087.0 Scope 2 Electricity Electricity France kWh 593 646.0 521 288.0 424 822.0 91 987.0 78 525.0 Electricity China kWh 7 950.0 3 033.6 2 470.0 1 955.0 1 914.0 Electricity Korea kWh 1 132.0 1 110.7 981.0 395.0 325.0 Electricity USA kWh 2 241.0 2 500.0 Electricity general Hydropower, Quebec kWh 6 832 642.0 7 800 094.0 8 242 881.0 9 739 073.0 7 447 564.0 Scope 3 Purchased goods and services Capital goods Spend based estimation started in 2024, detail spend in CAD not disclosed. Fuel-and-energy-related activities Natural gas (WTT) m3 283 396.0 288 018.0 286 774.0 288 841.0 260 087.0 -10% Electricity Canada (upstream) kWh 6 832 642.0 7 800 094.0 8 242 881.0 9 739 073.0 7 447 564.0 -24% Electricity France (upstream) kWh 593 646.0 521 288.0 424 822.0 91 987.0 78 525.0 -15% Electricity China (upstream) kWh 7 950.0 3 033.6 2 470.0 1 955.0 1 914.0 -2% Electricity Korea (upstream) kWh 1 132.0 1 110.7 981.0 395.0 325.0 -18% Electricity USA (upstream) kWh 2 241.0 2 500.0 12% Upstream transportation and distribution Truck transport CAD 361 782.4 Truck avg. (WTW) tkm 81.9 Truck avg. (WTW) tCO2e 104.5 39.6 34.9 -12% Air freight avg. (WTT) tkm 294 168.2 Air transportation (WTW) tCO2e 846.1 1 180.0 692.5 -41% Rail freight tCO2e 3.2 Sea ship avg. (WTW) tkm 16 112.5 Sea ship avg. (WTW) tCO2e 182.1 48.9 11.6 -76% Transportation tCO2e 7.6 2.6 6.0 134% Key figures Energy Consumption APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 116 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Waste Hazardous waste, recycled kg 364.0 240.0 61 009.0 76 869.0 6 485.0 -92% Hazardous waste, re-used kg 948.0 2 882.0 1 854.0 28 751.0 1451% Hazardous waste, treated kg 1 636.0 46 441.0 3 735.0 4 590.0 563.0 -88% Hazardous waste, landfill kg 12 976.0 11 457.0 17 586.0 4 135.0 1 892.0 -54% Cardboard waste, recycled kg - 13 207.0 16 414.6 14 078.0 11 320.2 -20% Paper waste, recycled m3 16.0 18.0 Paper waste, recycled kg 431.0 431.3 0% Plastic waste, recycled m3 5.0 9.0 Plastic waste, recycled kg 775.5 277.0 62.1 -78% Metal waste, recycled kg 6 563.0 7 197.0 11 666.0 15 565.1 33% Glass waste, recycled kg 11.0 11.0 0% EE waste, recycled m3 2.0 2.0 2.0 0% EE waste, recycled kg 2 000.0 Wood waste, recycled tonne 2.4 1.5 Wood waste, recycled kg 10 000.0 19 600.0 12 320.0 4 910.0 -60% Mineral oil waste, incinerated (H) liters 1 000.0 600.0 1 000.0 1 000.0 0% Organic waste, recycled kg 276.0 276.0 0% Organic waste, composting kg 1 139.0 2 254.0 1 424.0 1 423.9 0% Sorted waste, recycled kg 7 200.0 7 200.0 8 098.0 4 770.0 -41% Residual waste, incinerated kg 414.0 414.0 0% Residual waste, landfill m3 22.0 14.5 Residual waste, landfill kg 28 620.0 32 738.4 28 620.0 23 850.0 -17% Business travel Hotel nights, world nights 137.0 1 067.0 1 025.0 348.0 391.0 12% Train International pkm 3 035.0 29 886.0 23 829.0 7 752.0 8 816.0 14% Mileage all. avg. car km 67 103.0 125 445.0 96 339.0 57 838.0 54 551.0 -6% Flights tCO2e 22.8 51.7 64.9 41.3 45.0 9% Mileage all. el car EU27 km 3 381.0 Employee commuting Car, petrol (avg.) km 998 903.0 940 160.0 815 289.0 875 773.5 7% Car, petrol (medium) km 304 423.0 323 795.0 248 537.0 201 659.8 -19% Motorbike, small km 3 337.0 5 977.0 10 488.5 75% Electric car EU27 km 171 880.0 226 749.0 322 879.0 290 466.2 -10% Car, Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) km 28 471.0 110 175.0 74 028.0 -33% Bus local avg. pkm 28 790.0 29 904.0 10 803.0 2 645.3 -76% Key figures Energy Consumption APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 117 Category Unit 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 ▲ to base year ▲ to 2024 Processing of sold products Metals avg. tCO2e 13 639.0 13 593.0 0% Use of sold products Argon (liquid), Europe kg 2 504 010.0 1 082 536.0 -57% Hydrogen fuel, use kg 10 398.0 4 693.0 -55% Electricity Asia avg. kWh - 16 980 000.0 8 100 000.0 -52% End-of-life treatment of sold products EE waste, recycled kg 1 131.4 603.0 -47% Silicon waste, landfill kg 136.4 85.0 -38% Mineral oil waste, recycled (H) kg 88.6 44.0 -50% EoL: Metal waste, recycled kg 253 017.2 217 412.0 -14% EoL: Wood waste, incinerated kg 13 646.8 7 627.0 -44% EoL: Ceramic waste, landfill kg 337.3 158.0 -53% EoL: Plastic waste, recycled kg 2 310.9 1 265.0 -45% EoL: Rubber waste, incinerated kg 117.4 80.0 -32% Restatements affecting this report • 2024 Scope 3.10 Added results for Processing of sold products for Materials. ▲ Consequence: Increase of 13.639 tCO2e. • 2024 Scope 3.11 corrected emission factor from “Sodium hydrogen sulfite” to “Hydrogen fuel, use”. ▲ Consequence: Reduction of 9.2 tCO2e [former 9.2 tCO2e -restated 0.0 tCO2e]. • 2024 Scope 3.12 changed emission factors to newly available, specific End-of-Life factors. ▲ Consequence: Reduction of 10.3 tCO2e [former 12.4 tCO2e -restated 2.1 tCO2e]. Restatements effected in prior reports • 2023 Scope 2 Electricity, France (Tekna Plasma Eu- rope): Reduction of 10 000 kWh due to detected summation error (434.822 kWh should be 424.822 kWh). Consequence: Reduction of 0.5 tCO2e [former 22.7 tCO2e -restated 22.2 tCO2e]. • Also updated in Scope 3 Fuel and Energy related activities. Consequence: Reduction of 0.2 tCO2e [former 10.3 tCO2e -restated 10.1 tCO2e]. • 2023 Scope 3.4 Upstream Transportation and Distri- bution: For those service providers that did not pro- vide a CO2 report the impact is estimated based on type, distance and volume. In 2024 the estimation methodology was changed to the online transport emission calculator EcoTransit instead of calculating it with the distance-based formula of the GHG proto- col. 2023 estimations were updated to this new meth- odology. Consequence: Reduction of 245 523.5 tCO2e [former 246 757.0 tCO2e -restated 1233.5 tCO2e]. • 2023 Scope 3.7 Employee Commute, global: Changed extrapolation methodology in 2024 and updated 2023 to this new methodology. Conse- quence: Increase of 23 tCO2e [former 205.6 tCO2e - restated 228.6 tCO2e] • 2022 Scope 3.3 Electricity Fuel- and Energy-Related Activities Not Included in Scope 1 or Scope 2, Cana- da (Tekna Microelectronics Corporation): Reduction of 74 580 kWh due to correction applied in Scope 2 results of 2022 for the 2023 report, which was not applied to this category. Consequence: Reduction of 2.6 tCO2e of [former 277.2 tCO2e – restated 274.6 tCO2e] Key figures Energy Consumption History of restatements APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 118 Methodology and Sources - CEMASYS (reporting system) Methodology The Greenhouse Gas Protocol initiative (GHG Protocol) was developed by the World Resources Institute (WRI) and World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD). This analysis is done according to A Corpo- rate Accounting and Reporting Standard Revised edition, currently one of four GHG Protocol accounting standards on calculating and reporting GHG emissions. The report- ing considers the following greenhouse gases, all con- verted into CO2-equivalents: CO2, CH4 (methane), N2O (laughing gas), SF6, HFCs, PFCs and NF3. For corporate reporting, two distinct approaches can be used to consolidate GHG emissions: the equity share approach and the control approach. The most common consolidation approach is the control approach, which can be defined in either financial or operational terms. The carbon inventory is divided into three main scopes of direct and indirect emissions. Scope 1 includes all direct emission sources. This in- cludes all use of fossil fuels for stationary combustion or transportation, in owned and, depending on the consoli- dation approach selected, leased, or rented assets. It also includes any process emissions, from e.g. chemical processes, industrial gases, direct methane emissions etc. Scope 2 includes indirect emissions related to purchased energy; electricity and heating/cooling where the organi- sation has operational control. The electricity emission factors used in Cemasys are based on national gross electricity production mixes from the International Energy Agency’s statistics (IEA Stat). Emission factors per fuel type are based on assumptions in the IEA methodological framework. Factors for district heating/cooling are either based on actual (local) production mixes, or average IEA statistics. In January 2015, the GHG Protocol published new guide- lines for calculating emissions from electricity consump- tion. Primarily two methods are used to “allocate” the GHG emissions created by electricity generation to the end consumers of a given grid. These are the location- based and the market-based methods. The location- based method reflects the average emission intensity of the grids on which energy consumption occurs, while the market-based method reflects emissions from electricity that companies have purposefully chosen (or not cho- sen). Organizations who report on their GHG emissions will now have to disclose both the location-based emissions from the production of electricity, and the marked-based emissions related to the potential purchase of Guaran- tees of Origin (GoOs) and Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs). The purpose of this amendment in the reporting method- ology is on the one hand to show the impact of energy efficiency measures, and on the other hand to display how the acquisition of GoOs or RECs affect the GHG emissions. Using both methods in the emission reporting highlights the effect of all measures regarding electricity consumption. The location-based method: The location-based method is based on statistical emissions information and electrici- ty output aggregated and averaged within a defined geo- graphic boundary and during a defined time period. With- in this boundary, the different energy producers utilize a mix of energy resources, where the use of fossil fuels (coal, oil, and gas) result in direct GHG-emissions. These emissions are reflected in the location-based emission factor. The market-based method: The choice of emission fac- tors when using this method is determined by whether the business acquires GoOs/RECs or not. When selling GoOs or RECs, the supplier certifies that the electricity is produced exclusively by renewable sources, which has an emission factor of 0 grams CO2e per kWh. However, for electricity without the GoO or REC, the emission fac- tor is based on the remaining electricity production after all GoOs and RECs for renewable energy are sold. This is called a residual mix, which is normally substantially high- er than the location-based factor. As an example, the market-based Norwegian residual mix factor is approxi- mately 7 times higher than the location-based Nordic mix factor. The reason for this high factor is due to Norway’s large export of GoOs/RECs to foreign consumers. In a market perspective, this implies that Norwegian hydro- power is largely substituted with an electricity mix includ- ing fossil fuels. Scope 3 includes indirect emissions resulting from value chain activities. The scope 3 emissions are a result of the company’s upstream and downstream activities, which are not controlled by the company, i.e., they are indirect. Examples are business travel, goods transportation, waste handling, consumption of products etc. In general, the carbon accounting should include infor- mation that users, both internal and external to the com- pany, need for their decision making. An important as- pect of relevance is the selection of an appropriate inven- tory boundary which reflects the substance and econom- ic reality of the company’s business relationships. Sources Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strate- gy (2022). Government emission conversion factors for greenhouse gas company reporting (DEFRA) IEA (2022). Emission Factors database, International Energy Agency (IEA), Paris. IMO (2020). Reduction of GHG emissions from ships - Third IMO GHG Study 2014 (Final report). International Maritime Organisation, http://www.iadc.org/wp-content/ uploads/2014/02/MEPC-67-6-INF3-2014-Final-Report- complete.pdf IPCC (2014). IPCC fifth assessment report: Climate change 2013 (AR5 updated version November 2014). http://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar5/ AIB, RE-DISS (2020). Reliable disclosure systems for Europe – Phase 2: European residual mixes. WBCSD/WRI (2004). The greenhouse gas protocol. A corporate accounting and reporting standard (revised edition). World Business Council on Sustainable Develop- ment (WBCSD), Geneva, Switzerland /World Resource Institute (WRI), Washington DC, USA, 116 pp. WBCSD/WRI (2011). Corporate value chain (Scope 3) accounting and reporting standard: Supplement to the GHG Protocol corporate accounting and reporting stand- ard. World Business Council on Sustainable Develop- ment (WBCSD), Geneva, Switzerland /World Resource Institute (WRI), Washington DC, USA, 149 pp. WBCSD/WRI (2015). GHG protocol Scope 2 guidance: An amendment to the GHG protocol corportate standard. World Business Council on Sustainable Development (WBCSD), Geneva, Switzerland /World Resource Insti- tute (WRI), Washington DC, USA, 117 pp. The reference list above is incomplete but contains the essential references used in CEMAsys. In addition, sever- al local/national sources may be relevant, depending on which emission factors are used. APPENDIX III: CARBON ACCOUNTING (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 119 Economic activity in the EU Taxonomy Business activity Assessment of technical screening criteria 3.6. Manufacture of other low carbon technologies (Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)) Production of additive material powders [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned This activity is aligned once an independent study, 3rd party verified, confirming our assessment becomes available. Production of PlasmaSonic wind tunnels [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned This activity is aligned once an independent study, 3rd party verified, confirming our assessment becomes available. (Development and) production of nanomaterials for MLCC [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned Production of turnkey plasma systems [1] Activities considered Eligible, not aligned Systems spare parts, R&D revenue Activities considered not eligible Appendix IV Introduction The EU Taxonomy aims to scale up sustainable investments and avoid greenwashing by defining a common language and under- standing of sustainable activities. As part of the European Union’s Green Deal, the EU Taxonomy is a classification system for sustaina- ble economic activities, consisting of the following six environmental objectives: • Climate change mitigation (CCM) • Climate change adaptation (CCA) • The sustainable use and protection of water and marine re- sources (WTR) • The transition to a circular economy (CE) • Pollution prevention and control (PP) • The protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems (B&E) Objectives 3-6 were adopted in June 2023 via Commission Delegat- ed Regulations (EU) 2023/ 2486 and (EU) 2023/2485, along with amendments to Regulations 1 and 2. Contents Introduction ............................ 119 Results .................................. 120 Scope .................................... 120 Process .................................. 120 Assessments .......................... 120 Minimum Social Safeguards ... 123 Future work ............................ 123 Statements ............................. 124 Definitions and Accounting principles .......................... 124 Statements and contextual information about the KPIs.. 125 EU Taxonomy Process: Criteria: Figure 1: EU taxonomy in a nutshell 2025 [1] Activities that have the potential to be enabling, however are not classified as such since the technical screening criteria are not considered met.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 120 I Revenue eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) II eligible 35.0 ( 98%) 36.8 ( 99%) 99% (2024) III not eligible, nor aligned 0.6 ( 2%) 0.4 ( 1%) 1% (2024) IV CapEx eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) V eligible 1.3 ( 93%) 2.9 ( 63%) 63% (2024) VI not eligible, nor aligned 0.1 ( 7%) 1.4 ( 37%) 37% (2024) VII OpEx eligible and aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) VIII eligible 2.1 (100%) 2.5 (100%) 100% (2024) IX not eligible, nor aligned - ( 0%) - ( 0%) - (2024) Results Tekna contributes to the environmental objective of Climate Change Mitigation (“CCM”). Further, we recog- nize that one of Tekna’s main contributions going forward may be through enabling others in the transition. The key performance indicators (KPIs) show minor changes from 2024 to 2025. Eligible turnover decreased from 99% to 98%. In capital expenditures, eligible CapEx rose from 63% to 93%. For operational expenditures, eligible OpEx remained 100%. The high percentage of eligible activities reflects the great potential of the company and the challenge for medium-sized companies in niche, high-tech industries to comply with the screening criteria as per the current re- quirements. It is likely that Tekna will not be able to afford the 3rd party research required to prove alignment. • Tekna’s economic activities are eligible under Climate Change Mitigation and not under any of the other five environmental objectives. • Additive Manufacturing and Plasmasonic wind tun- nels are believed to be aligned. However, the sub- stantial contribution criteria are not considered met due to the lack of documentation verified by a third party demonstrating life-cycle GHG emission sav- ings. • All Tekna revenues are eligible except for its R&D revenue (~2% in 2025). Total eligible revenue: CAD 35.0m. • 93% of Tekna’s CapEx is invested in eligible activities, totaling CAD 1.3m. • Tekna does not yet have a CapEx plan aimed at in- creasing the percentage of aligned activities. • 100% of Tekna’s OpEx is spend on eligible activities, totaling CAD 2.1m. Scope All companies of the Tekna group have been considered for reporting on the EU Taxonomy for 2025. Tekna evalu- ated its four core activities for eligibility and did not as- sess its Systems service revenues (spare parts and maintenance) or R&D revenues. We have assessed the business activities with regards to the EU Taxonomy eco- nomic activities within the scope of the six environmental objectives. Process The process for assessing economic activities have been performed in accordance with the structure of the EU Taxonomy, starting with assessment of eligible activities before assessing compliance with the technical screen- ing criteria for substantial contribution and do no signifi- cant harm (“DNSH”). Tekna performed the minimum safeguards assessment based on its own policies and procedures. Eligibility was assessed by comparing the business activi- ties against the economic activities defined in the EU Taxonomy across all six environmental objectives. Rele- vant NACE codes and activity descriptions for each eco- nomic activity were identified and thoroughly examined. Tekna has assessed potential eligibility of activities to all relevant environmental objectives, as required by the standard. Climate Change Adaptation and Climate Change Mitigation were assessed and Tekna’s activities are eligible only under the latter, i.e., CCM. The alignment process involves evaluating the criteria for substantial contribution, do no significant harm (DNSH), and minimum safeguards. During the assessment of the technical screening criteria, we encountered challenges related to interpretations and best practices. Assessments List of abbreviations: APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) Abbreviation Definition CCM Climate change mitigation CCA Climate change adaptation WTR Sustainable use and protection of Water and marine resources CE The transition to a circular econo- my P&C Pollution prevention and control regarding use and presence of chemicals B&E Protection and restoration of biodi- versity and ecosystems DNSH Do no significant harm baseline (year) 2025 (% of total | unaudited [3] ) KPI (KPI CCM [2] | in M) 2024 (% of total | unaudited [3] ) Measurement
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 121 Production of additive material powders Environmental Objective: Climate Change Mitigation Economic Activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Assessment Eligibility: Production of additive material powders involves using proprietary plasma processes to create and sell spherical powders for Additive Manufacturing, Metal Injection Molding, and Binder Jetting. The systems only release the powder and plasma gases (argon and a secondary gas like helium, nitrogen, hydrogen, or oxygen), none of which are critical for GHG emissions. These powders aim to enhance resource efficiency along the value chain, thereby reducing GHG emissions related to materials, manufacturing, warehousing, transportation, and product use. Substantial Contribution: Additive Manufacturing (AM) can significantly reduce GHG emissions compared to traditional manufacturing methods by cutting carbon emissions in four key areas: materials, manufacturing, warehousing, and transporta- tion. Materials: AM uses only the material necessary to create the finished product. It does not generate any significant amount of scrap. For instance, Airbus claims an average fly-to-buy ratio of 10:1 [1] , while a ratio close to 1:1 is achievable with AM, especially if the unused powder can be recycled. Manufacturing: AM enable engineers to design parts that are lighter, stronger, and more efficient than their tradi- tional counterparts. This makes products manufactured using AM technologies more efficient in its intended ap- plication, e.g. less fuel consumption and associated emissions for any vehicle as it is lighter than its traditional counterpart. This applies especially for small production runs and custom-made parts, provided that design opti- mization for AM has been achieved. Warehousing: On-demand production with 3D printing reduces the need for storage space and the associated energy for temperature, humidity, and lighting control, lowering the carbon footprint of logistics, which accounts for 5.5% to 13% of global GHG emissions. Transportation: Localized production with 3D printers reduces the need for long-distance transportation, signifi- cantly impacting GHG emissions, as the transport sector accounts for over 23% of global CO2 emissions. Laser powder bed fusion, metal injection molding, elec- tron-beam powder bed fusion and direct energy deposi- tion are considered as equivalent in terms of GHG foot- print. These AM technologies are considered as the counterpart of conventional machining. It must also be noted that AM can produce parts that conventional machining often cannot, which is accounted for in the comparison. While AM can reduce buy-to-fly ratio by more than 75%, design optimization for AM can reduce parts weight by another 65%. Currently, Tekna does not have a life-cycle GHG emis- sion savings analysis available. Therefore, the additive powders segment is not considered compliant with the substantial contribution requirement. Do no significant harm: CCA: A Physical climate risk assessment has been con- ducted in accordance with the requirements in Appendix A. The assessment was performed in 2024, and the physical risks listed in appendix A were analyzed at eco- nomic activity level. WTR: A water impact assessment, conducted per Ap- pendix B, ensures that water is filtered before returning to the sewers. Annual quality checks on wastewater from Tekna Advanced Materials Inc's powder production facili- ties confirm compliance with Sherbrooke's wastewater standards. CE: Tekna evaluates availability and employs techniques for reusing secondary raw materials, designing for dura- bility, recyclability, disassembly, and adaptability, and managing waste and traceability of substances through- out product lifecycles. Metals, particularly aluminum al- loys, have high recyclability, with ingots containing 6% recycled materials. Tekna's next step is to conduct quali- ty tests on recycled feedstock to ensure it meets client standards. P&C: An assessment per Appendix C confirms that all substances and chemicals used in Tekna’s operations comply with regulations. Tekna has compiled a list of controlled and banned substances and verified compli- ance with the laboratory team and building manager. B&E: An assessment has been conducted in accordance with Appendix D. This assessment shows that none of Tekna’s operation sites are in or near biodiversity- sensitive areas. Conclusion: Activity is eligible, not aligned. Production of turnkey plasma systems Environmental Objective: Climate Change Mitigation Economic Activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Assessment Eligibility: “Production of turnkey plasma systems” involves produc- tion of Inductively Coupled Plasma systems, including auxiliary equipment such as power feeders, probes and powder washing systems. The turnkey plasma systems are used to develop new materials and optimize material characteristics (spheroidization). It is an efficient way of developing advanced materials compared to alternative chemical processes that usually generate byproducts. Advanced materials aim to improve the efficiency of the finished product. Substantial Contribution: Induction plasma units sold to customers are designed for different powder-related applications that fall into two categories, i.e.,nano powder synthesis or powder sphe- roidization, and are available in different power levels depending on the throughput required. In all cases, the systems do not release constituents other than the pow- der itself and the plasma gases which consist of Argon, together with a secondary gas like helium, nitrogen, hy- drogen or oxygen. None of these gases are considered critical for the GHG emissions. As an electricity-intensive technology, the energy mix used to power induction plas- ma units will have a significant impact on carbon footprint of this technology which is otherwise a clean technology. There are no other technologies on the market that can perform the same functions as induction plasma for nano powder synthesis or powder spheroidization. This is con- firmed in tender calls, where Tekna are not facing com- peting technologies but only competitors offering an in- duction plasma solution similar to ours. As of today, Tekna does not have a life-cycle GHG emis- sion savings analysis available. Therefore, the plasma systems segment is not considered compliant with the substantial contribution requirement. Do no significant harm: Since the economic activity does not fulfill the criteria for substantial contribution, a complete assessment of the DNSH criteria has not yet been carried out. Conclusion: Activity is eligible, not aligned. [1] Metals and composites: finding the right material for each application | Airbus APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 122 Production of PlasmaSonic wind tunnels Environmental Objective: Climate Change Mitigation Economic Activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Assessment Eligibility: With “Production of PlasmaSonic wind tunnels”, Tekna designs, manufactures, and sells the PlasmaSonic Prod- uct line, which is a wind tunnel that simulates hypersonic conditions to enable scientific research, for instance space tourism and hypersonic flight. These wind tunnels allow for material testing in a controlled environment, with precise instruments, significantly reducing emissions compared to space testing by avoiding fuel combustion and atmospheric contamination (metal particles creating a greenhouse effect). Substantial Contribution: Ground testing facilities, combined with computational models, simulate space re-entry conditions. Their pur- pose is to develop heat shields made of specialized ma- terials. Different ground testing technologies exist, each with specific operational ranges (temperature, velocity, heat flux, test duration, gas composition, etc.) and mini- mum overlaps between them (see figure 4). Considering their differences in operational ranges, they can hardly be compared in terms of GHG emissions. Therefore, flight testing is the counterpart of Tekna’s Plasmasonic tech- nology in terms of GHG emissions for developing super- sonic vehicles. Flight testing involves launching sounding rockets at very high altitude or even in space. While data on large rock- ets emissions are available in the literature, sounding rockets are rather niche and very little has been pub- lished. Depending on the fuel used, combustion by- products like CO2, soot, NOx and water vapor are gen- erated in various concentrations, along with unburnt fuel expelled. The fact that important amounts of combustion by- products are released in a short period of time and in a concentrated area up to >15km altitude (in opposition with commercial aircraft making 1000s km flight at <10km altitude) can severely impact wetlands and habi- tat nearby launching pads. Furthermore, spaceflight is the only direct human cause of pollution above about 20 km altitude. Scientists recently found the stratosphere is peppered with particles containing metals vaporized from the re-entry of satellites and rocket boosters. Also, water vapor released in the stratosphere can act as a green- house gas while black soot particles can linger for years, acting like an umbrella, absorbing solar radiation. PlasmaSonic wind tunnels are believed to provide sub- stantial life-cycle GHG emission savings compared to the best performing alternative. However, the substantial contribution criteria are not considered met due to the lack of documentation verified by a third party demon- strating life-cycle GHG emission savings. Do no significant harm: Since the economic activity does not fulfill the criteria for substantial contribution, a complete assessment of the DNSH criteria has not yet been carried out. Conclusion: Activity is eligible, not aligned. (Development and) Production of nano materials for Multi-Layer Ceramic Ca- pacitors (MLCC) Environmental Objective: Climate Change Mitigation Economic Activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Assessment Eligibility: Within the activity “development and production of nano materials for Multi-Layer Ceramic Capacitors (MLCC)”, Tekna develops and operates its own proprietary plasma systems to produce and sell nano-sized nickel (metal) powders for application in MLCC. In 2025, the activity was limited to R&D for qualification with and sample sales to potential customers only. The technology applied is plasma atomization through proprietary systems. The systems do not release constit- uents other than the powder itself (typically the same material as the feedstock or precursor introduced in the system) and the plasma gases which consists of argon, together with a secondary gas like helium, nitrogen, hy- drogen or oxygen. None of these gases are considered critical for the GHG emissions. With its nano-sized materials Tekna enables electrifica- tion through MLCC (downsizing electrical components), thereby enabling GHG emission reductions. MLCCs (Multi-layer Ceramic Capacitors) are applied to almost every electrical and electronic device produced today. Substantial Contribution: The documentation requirement regarding life-cycle GHG emissions calculation has not been fulfilled, hence the substantial contribution criteria is considered not met. Do no significant harm: Since the economic activity does not fulfill the criteria for substantial contribution, a complete assessment of the DNSH criteria has not yet been carried out. Conclusion: Activity is eligible, not aligned. Additional assessment against Environ- mental Objective Climate Change Adap- tation (CCA) Environmental Objective: Climate Change Adaptation Economic Activity: 3.6 Manufacture of other low carbon technologies Assessment Eligibility: See description of the activities “Production of additive material powders”, “Production of turnkey plasma sys- tems”, “Production of PlasmaSonic wind tunnels” and “development and production of nano materials for Multi- Layer Ceramic Capacitors (MLCC)” related to activity 3.6 regarding CCM above. A climate risk assessment and roadmap has been carried out, but an expenditure plan that complies with the requirements of Appendix a is currently not in place. As such, the economic activities are not considered eligible under climate change adapta- tion. Substantial Contribution & Do no significant harm: Since the economic activity is not considered eligible for the environmental objective Climate Change Adaptation, no further assessment of technical screening criteria has been carried out. Conclusion: Activity is not eligible under the Environmental Objective CCA APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 123 Minimum Social Safeguards Minimum safeguard requirements are defined in article 18 of the EU Taxonomy regulation. According to which, an undertaking shall implement procedures to ensure the alignment with: • The OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises (OECD Guidelines for MNE) • The UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs), including the principles and rights set out in the eight fundamental conventions identi- fied in the Declaration of the International Labour Organisation on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work • The International Bill of Human Rights The minimum safeguards establish social and govern- ance criteria to ensure that environmentally beneficial activities do not negatively impact broader objectives. Key factors considered in these safeguards include hu- man rights (including labor rights), tax compliance, anti- bribery and corruption measures, and fair business prac- tices. We are unaware of any significant breaches of business conduct principles and have not faced court convictions or allegations from the OECD National Contact Points or the Business and Human Rights Resource Center. Our assessment indicates that the Group Compliance Hand- book and policies meet minimum social safeguards, es- tablishing adequate human rights due diligence process- es as per UNGPs and OECD Guidelines. Therefore, we believe to be compliant with the requirements for mini- mum safeguards. The Compliance Handbook mandates company-wide risk assessments on Responsible Business Conduct, ad- dressing social matters, human rights, anti-bribery, tax, consumer rights, and competition. Tekna’s policies are accessible to employees (in Isovision, the company doc- ument management system) and stakeholders (www.tekna.com/esg), with onboarding training and whistleblowing channels. Under the Norwegian Transpar- ency Act Tekna also conducts risk assessments and reports on potential adverse impacts. Tekna's activities adhere to minimum safeguards, re- specting human rights and maintaining a zero-tolerance policy for corruption, with no known cases in 2025. The company is committed to fair competition and has not faced significant disputes related to competition law. The Group’s policies, such as the Code of Conduct, the Business Partner Code of Conduct and Human Rights policy can be found on our website. For further details refer to the Human Rights and Transparency section in the Annual report 2025. Future work As we look to increase the share of aligned activities, we will endeavor to find clever, low-cost solutions to obtain the comparative independent studies, which are required to validate our alignment with Climate Change Mitigation. We will continue retrieving and improving relevant docu- mentation and assessing the technical screening criteria adopted by the EU in June 2023. We recognize that the EU Taxonomy is continually evolv- ing, and future FAQs and publications from the European Commission may provide new insights that could influ- ence this year's assessment. Tekna has a well-equipped laboratory with ISO17025 accredited standards and services. APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 | 124 Definitions and Accounting principles Our accounting methodology for calculating and deter- mining the financial key performance indicators (KPIs) disclosed by the EU Taxonomy Regulation follows the requirements in the EU Commission Delegated Regula- tion 2178/2021. In line with the regulation, Tekna reports on turnover, CapEx and OpEx for eligible, not-aligned economic activities. The majority of Tekna’s economic activities contribute to an environmental objective and alignment has been as- sessed against each. For the purpose of allocating finan- cial KPIs to a respective environmental objective, activity- specific considerations have been evaluated, in addition to Tekna’s overall ESG strategy. Aligned with Tekna’s strategy, Climate Change Mitigation (“CCM”) is applica- ble to our activities. Double counting Tekna only qualifies under CCM and has allocated all its eligibility to this objective. No further preventative measures (such as allocation keys) have been deemed necessary to avoid any dual allocation of the numerator of turnover, CapEx, and OpEx, i.e.,avoiding double counting. During 2025, Tekna has not issued new or distributed previously issued green bonds with the purpose of fi- nancing Taxonomy-aligned economic activities. Hence, Tekna believes that there is no need for an adjusted turn- over KPI to avoid double counting. Calculation of turnover The share of eligible, not aligned turnover is calculated as the net turnover derived from products and services as- sociated with eligible, not aligned turnover, divided by the Group's total net turnover, as defined in the EU Commis- sion Delegated Act 2178/2021. Turnover is defined by IAS 1 paragraph 82(a). For Tekna group and its portfolio companies, IFRS 15 Revenues from contracts with customers constitutes the EU Taxon- omy turnover. See the Consolidated Income Statement and note 3 of the Financial Statements and the note Turnover for the related line items in the non-financial statement. All intercompany transactions have been identified and eliminated from the turnover KPI. Governmental grants and revenue from non-current assets held for sale are also eliminated. Calculation of CapEx The share of Tekna’s eligible, not aligned CapEx is calcu- lated as CapEx associated with eligible, not aligned eco- nomic activities divided by Tekna’s total CapEx, as de- fined in the EU Commission Delegated Act 2178/2021. CapEx covers additions to tangible and intangible assets during the financial year considered before depreciation, amortization and any re-measurement, including those resulted from revaluations and impairments. As such, CapEx covers costs accounted in the following IFRS- standards: IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 Intangible Assets. These standards have served as basis for Tekna’s allocation of CapEx to the denomina- tor/numerator. Purchase of PPE and intangible assets are included. Goodwill is not included. See note 10, and note 11 for the related line items in the financial statements and the note CapEx for the related line items in the non- financial statement. The numerator of the CapEx KPI mostly consists of capi- tal expenditure directly associated with relevant projects (processes and assets) of Taxonomy-eligible/aligned economic activities as defined by letter (a) in the EU Commission Delegated Act 2178, section 1.1.2.2. Currently, Tekna does not have any material capital ex- penditures related to a CapEx plan (b) as part of a plan to expand Taxonomy-aligned economic activities or to allow Taxonomy-eligible economic activities to become Taxon- omy-aligned under conditions specified in the Delegated Act, nor does it purchase output from Taxonomy-eligible/ aligned economic activities (CapEx c). Calculation of OpEx The share of Tekna’s eligible, not aligned OpEx is calcu- lated as OpEx associated with eligible, not aligned eco- nomic activities divided by Tekna’s total OpEx, as defined in the EU Commission Delegated Act 2178/2021. OpEx is defined as direct non-capitalized costs that re- late to research and development, building renovation measures, short term lease, maintenance and repair and other direct expenditures relating to the day-to-day ser- vicing of assets to property, plant and equipment by the undertaking or third party to whom activities are out- sourced that are necessary to ensure the continued and effective functioning of such assets. OpEx was determined using specific general ledger ac- counts related to maintenance and R&D. Allocations were as follows: • For maintenance costs allocation keys were needed to segregate expenses for Materials for Microelec- tronics (“ME”) and Additive Manufacturing (“AM”). Tekna production systems are dedicated either to AM or ME. Allocation was based on hours worked by specific system in 2025, 99.65% to AM and 0.4% to ME. • For R&D: No allocation key used as we apply Project accounting. Maintenance cost is included in Operat- ing expenses in the Consolidated Statement of In- come of the Financial Statements. The numerator of the OpEx KPI mostly consists of costs directly associated with processes and assets of Taxono- my-eligible/aligned economic activities, as well as pur- chase of output from Taxonomy-eligible/aligned econom- ic activities, as defined by letter (a) and (c) in the EU Commission Delegated Act 2178, section 1.1.3.2. Cur- rently, Tekna does not have any material operational expenditures related to a CapEx plan. APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 125 Turnover Contextual information about the KPIs: Turnover As the activities match our definition of business lines, no assumptions nor allocation keys are needed to determine the KPIs. Revenue from contracts with customers: CAD 35 .0 M. R&D Income is excluded. No turnover is used for internal consumption, and all is relevant for the EU taxonomy assessment. Objective Taxonomy-aligned per objective Taxonomy-eligible per objective CCM 0.0% 98.3% CCA 0.0% 0.0% WTR 0.0% 0.0% PPC 0.0% 0.0% CE 0.0% 0.0% BIO 0.0% 0.0% Proportion of turnover per objective / Total turnover Financial year 2025 Economic Activities (1) Code (2) Turnover (3) Proportion of Turnover {2025} (4) Climate Change Mitigation (5) Climate Change Adaptation (6) Water (7) Pollution (8) Circular Economy (9) Biodiversity (10) Climate Change Mitigation (11) Climate Change Adaptation (12) Water (13) Pollution (14) Circular Economy (15) Biodiversity (16) CAD % Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % E T 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E 0 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y T EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL Manufacture of other low carbon technologies CCM 3.6 34 962 302 98.3% EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL 34 962 302 98.3% 98.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 34 962 302 98.3% 98.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 613 225 1.7% 35 575 527 100% A. Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1. + A.2.) B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES Turnover of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities TOTAL Of which enabling Of which transitional A.2. Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) Turnover of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) Category (enabling activity) (19) Category (transitiona l activity) (20) A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) Turnover of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) Year Substantial Contribution Criteria DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly Harm") Minimum Safeguards (17) Proportion of Taxonomy- aligned (A.1.) or -eligible (A.2.) turnover, year 2025 (18) Proportion of Revenue per objective APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 126 CapEx Contextual information about the KPIs: CapEx All capital expenditure is considered eligible, i.e., CAD 1.4 M, the eligible/not aligned CapEx is 1.3M and 0.09M non-eligible. The eligible/not aligned CapEx for 2025 is broken down as follows: Property, Plant & Equipment: CapEx considered eligible: CAD 1.0M (excluding ROU). Intangible assets: Capitalized patents and development fees: CAD 0.3M. Proportion of CapEx per objective Objective Taxonomy-aligned per objective Taxonomy-eligible per objective CCM 0.0% 93.5% CCA 0.0% 0.0% WTR 0.0% 0.0% PPC 0.0% 0.0% CE 0.0% 0.0% BIO 0.0% 0.0% Proportion of CapEx per objective / Total CapEx Financial year 2025 Economic Activities (1) Code (2) CapEx (3) Proportion of CapEx {2025} (4) Climate Change Mitigation (5) Climate Change Adaptation (6) Water (7) Pollution (8) Circular Economy (9) Biodiversity (10) Climate Change Mitigation (11) Climate Change Adaptation (12) Water (13) Pollution (14) Circular Economy (15) Biodiversity (16) CAD % Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % E T 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E 0 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y T EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL Manufacture of other low carbon technologies CCM 3.6 1 303 614 93.5% EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL 1 303 614 93.5% 93.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1 303 614 93.5% 93.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 90 956 6.5% 1 394 570 100% A. CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1. + A.2.) B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES CapEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities TOTAL Of which enabling Of which transitional A.2. Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) Category (enabling activity) (19) Category (transitiona l activity) (20) A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) CapEx of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) Year Substantial Contribution Criteria DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly Harm") Minimum Safeguards (17) Proportion of Taxonomy- aligned (A.1.) or -eligible (A.2.) capex, year 2025 (18) APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 127 OpEx Contextual information about the KPIs: OpEx OpEx was determined using specific general ledger accounts related to maintenance and R&D. Allocations were as follows for maintenance costs: allocation were needed to segre- gate expenses for Materials for Microelectronics (“ME”) and Additive Manufacturing (“AM”). Tekna production systems are dedicated either to AM or ME. Allocation was based on hours worked by specific system in 2025: 99.6% to AM and 0.4% to ME. For R&D: No allocation key used as we apply Project accounting. The total eligible/not aligned OpEx for 2025 of CAD 2.1M is broken down as follows: AM: CAD 1.1M, Systems: CAD 0.4M, PlasmaSonic: CAD 0.2M and ME: CAD 0.45M. Objective Taxonomy-aligned per objective Taxonomy-eligible per objective CCM 0.0% 100.0% CCA 0.0% 0.0% WTR 0.0% 0.0% PPC 0.0% 0.0% CE 0.0% 0.0% BIO 0.0% 0.0% Proportion of OpEx per objective / Total OpEx Financial year 2025 Economic Activities (1) Code (2) OpEx (3) Proportion of OpEx {2025} (4) Climate Change Mitigation (5) Climate Change Adaptation (6) Water (7) Pollution (8) Circular Economy (9) Biodiversity (10) Climate Change Mitigation (11) Climate Change Adaptation (12) Water (13) Pollution (14) Circular Economy (15) Biodiversity (16) CAD % Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y; N; N/EL Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N Y/N % E T 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y E 0 0.0% 0.0% Y Y Y Y Y Y Y T EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL EL; N/EL Manufacture of other low carbon technologies CCM 3.6 2 131 775 100.0% EL EL N/EL N/EL N/EL N/EL 2 131 775 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2 131 775 100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% - 1 0.0% 2 131 774 100% A. OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities (A.1. + A.2.) B. TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES OpEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities TOTAL Of which enabling Of which transitional A.2. Taxonomy-Eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally sustainable activities (not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2) Category (enabling activity) (19) Category (transitiona l activity) (20) A. TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES A.1. Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) OpEx of environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1) Year Substantial Contribution Criteria DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly Harm") Minimum Safeguards (17) Proportion of Taxonomy- aligned (A.1.) or -eligible (A.2.) opex, year 2025 (18) Proportion of OpEx per objective APPENDIX IV: EU TAXONOMY STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 128 Appendix V Tekna Group (“Tekna” or “Group”) is subject to the two following legal frame- works, both having the objective of im- proving respect for fundamental human rights in supply chains and increasing transparency on the topic. • 1 January 2024, the Canadian Fighting Against Forced Labour and Child Labour in Supply Chains Act came into effect. • 1 July 2022, the Norwegian Transparency Act came into effect. Tekna has reported annually on Human Rights and Transparency since 2022. Introduction Tekna is a world-leading provider of advanced materials, headquartered in Sherbrooke, Canada. Tekna produces high-purity metal powders for applications such as 3D printing serving the aerospace, defense, medical and consumer electronics industries, as well as optimized induction plasma systems for industrial research and production. With its unique, IP-protected plasma technol- ogy, the company is well-positioned in the growing mar- ket for advanced nanomaterials within microelectronics. Building on 30 years of delivering excellence, Tekna is a global player recognized for its quality products and its commitment to over 200 customers including multina- tional blue-chip customers. Tekna Holding ASA and its subsidiaries (“Tekna”) con- sists of nine legal entities, of which two are in Europe (“EU” 15 employees), four are in North America (“NA”; 138 employees) and three are in Asia (5 employees). Manufacturing takes place in Canada, whereas the other entities are sales offices. Refer to the appendix for a full overview of entities and an organisation chart. In figure 1 is a simplified overview of the Tekna value chain for the two business units. We have indicated in red the part with the highest potential for negative impact, which materials are on the Critical raw material list, and which are potential conflict materials. Contents Introduction ............................. 128 Tekna’s value chain ................ 129 Guidelines and routines ............ 130 Code of Conduct & training .... 130 Business Partner C of C ......... 130 Whistleblowing ....................... 131 Requests of information ........... 131 Subjects for the Board ............ 131 Risks of negative consequences . 132 Performance and KPI.............. 132 Process to remediate negative impacts .................................. 132 Measures and Action plan ........ 133 Attestation............................... 133 Human Rights | Transparency Figure 1: simplified overview of the Tekna value chain for the two businesses. Value chain (VC) Upstream value chain (VC) Own Operations (OO) Downstream value chain (VC) Business area: Raw materials and supply chain Production, distribu- tion, marketing Customers End-users (& End-of-life- stage) Materials: Mining and sourcing of raw materials Production of: Utilization: for additive manufacturing industry aluminum, tantalum 1,2 , titanium 1 , tungsten 1,2 Production of micron-sized materials (A, Ti, W, Ta). Tier 1 and Tier 2 Metal part manufacturers Aerospace, medical implants, consumer electronics, 3D Machine Manufacturers for microelectronics industry nickel Production of nano- sized materials (Ni). Multi-Layer Ceramic Capacitors (MLCC) OEM Electronics in devices, EVs, Systems Production of hardware (Parts and subassemblies) Production and development of plasma technology (Materials) Research institutes and com- panies Research and small pro- duction of (new) materials General Transportation associated with above activities. Sourcing of parts, electricity, Storage, packaging, transportation, logistics Sales and Marketing, Disposal and end-of-life handling [1] Critical raw material list. [2] Potential conflict material Tekna’s supplier guaranteed material purchased non-conflict. 2025
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 129 Tekna’s value chain In our sustainability journey, we have focused our atten- tion on understanding the impacts of our own operations. However, Tekna has a diversity of interactions across the value chain: suppliers, customers, our own operations and interactions related to the end user and end-of-life process. Our supply chain and geographical footprint are examples of factors that affect the value chain and our impacts, risks and opportunities. Tekna can have a positive or negative impact on the val- ue chain. An example of a positive impact is the enabling strength of our high-quality additive manufacturing (“AM”) materials converting more customers to resource Circular Economy: • O (OO): Resource efficiency - use of recycled products/ components for additive manufacturing • PI/O (OO): Reuse of raw materials and gas in production • NI (OO): Generation of waste in production • O (OO): Reuse of packing containers • O (VC): Resource efficiency • NI (VC): Hardware + packaging end-of-life issues (waste, recycling, reuse), incl. electronic waste Own workforce: • NI (OO): Potential accidents of dangerous materials/ substances impacting own workers • PI (OO): Health and safety for own workers • PI (OO): Equal treatment and opportunities of own work- force in production and distribution. • PI (OO): Gender equality, diversity and inclusion • PI/O (OO): Being an attractive employer to attract talents and competence in a competitive market • PI (OO): Employee education and development Workers in the value chain: • PI (VC): Labor conditions and human rights in raw material production. Freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining. Safe and healthy working environment and conditions • PI (VC): Equal treatment and opportunities in the value chain (direct and indirect suppliers in all countries) • NI (VC): Risk of forced labor and child labor in value chain • PI (VC): Cooperation and training on equipment for safe use Affected communities: • NI (VC): Impacts in less regulated countries, incl. zones in conflict, related to the use of communities' land for mining and other upstream production, access to water and sani- tation and health and safety in local communities related to the transport of materials, mine sites, and substance emis- sion • NI (VC): Minority's rights and rights of indigenous people • PI (VC): Supporting local communities and university Consumers and end-users: • PI (VC): Enabling medical and dental application • R (VC): Application for warfare • O (VC): High quality products (safety, lifespan) Business Conduct: • PI (VC): Supply chain transparency • R (VC): Risk of raw material sourcing from sanctioned countries (trade war). Dependency on sourcing with China • PI (VC): Traceability of raw materials • PI (VC): Business ethics in procurement practices • PI (OO): Business ethics in own operations, global sales and management • PI (OO): Protection of whistleblowers for own workers • R (OO): Anti-corruption and bribery Climate change: • O (OO): Higher material efficiency than competitors • O (OO): Attractive and relevant for companies demanding carbon neutrality in supply chain • PI (OO): Energy efficiency and climate friendly parts for aviation, medical and energy section • NI (OO): Use of non-renewable electricity (outside Canada) • O (VC): Enabling technology • O (VC): Energy efficient operations Pollution: • NI (VC): Transportation and production of upstream materi- als, including mining • NI (VC): Mining and mineral extraction impact on soil • NI (VC): Wastewater management from mining + produc- tion of upstream materials • NI (OO): Transportation and business travel related emis- sions • PI (OO): No pollution from production • NI (OO): Emissions from office space Water and Marine resources: • NI (OO): Water consumption in production • O (OO): Water recycling in production Biodiversity and Ecosystems: • NI (VC): Mineral extraction (Land degradation, land-use change) • NI (OO): Red list species with habitats in areas affected by operations efficient AM methods. As a global business, the need for business travel and the related greenhouse gas emis- sions (GHG) is an example of a negative impact. Raw materials for the manufacturing of metal powders is the area with the highest risk for negative impact in our sup- ply chain. Material impacts, risks and opportunities (IRO) In the IRO exercise Tekna has assessed its own opera- tion (OO) and value chain (VC) for negative (NI) and positive impact (PI), risks (R) and opportunities (O) across the CSRD topics. See insert left for high-level overview on the topics. Double Materiality Assessments (DMA) A double materiality assessment takes into account two perspectives: the impact Tekna’s activities have on its surroundings, environment and society (impact materiali- ty) and the impact climate change may have on the com- pany (financial materiality). Impacts can be positive or negative, actual or potential, and relate to the company's effect on people and planet Risks and Opportunities are financial and are incurred by the company due to ESG-related matters. Methodologies and assumptions The goal of the assessment is to identify the material IROs related to matters to be reported. The followed Materiality Assessment process considering both impact and financial materiality is summarised be- low: 1) identification of impacts; 2) assessment of whether such impacts lead to risks and opportunities. 3) identification of risks and opportunities not sourced from impacts. For most material impacts, a material risk and/or oppor- tunity may emerge over time. APPENDIX V: HUMAN RIGHTS AND TRANSPARENCY (CONTINUED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 130 The double materiality assessment was performed sup- ported by the topics included in the CSRD and GRI (Global Reporting Initiative) as well as the dependence on natural, social, and human resources. The impact assessment includes positive, negative, actual, and po- tential impacts. The mapping and understanding of im- pacts were primarily centred on the value chain where impacts were deemed most likely to occur. A topic is material if the company has an actual or poten- tial significant impact on people or the environment con- nected to the topic. A topic is also material if it triggers financial effects on the company that are likely to influ- ence its future cash flow. Refer to Tekna’s Sustainability report for more information. We have a general understanding of the potential im- pacts and risks associated with the upstream value chain and the highest risk is likely to be found in raw material extraction and refining. This may include child labor, forced labor, pollution of land, soil, water and air, perilous working conditions, hazardous workplaces, exposure to hazardous chemicals, conflict and disputes in local com- munities and GHG emissions. As a medium-sized company we have access to our business partners and are able to inform ourselves about their practices, associated risks and potential impacts. The suppliers of our business partners have proven to be more difficult to assess. Much work remains to be done to complete the understanding. Risk mitigation 80 per cent of Tekna’s global spend comes from suppli- ers based in the EU or NA, which we deem well- governed by legal standards. The remaining 20 per cent, approximately, is spent on a key raw material, i.e., titani- um, supplied by two regularly audited manufacturers in China. Both are well-established and qualified suppliers to major western industrial conglomerates. REACH, RoHS and potential conflict minerals Our procurement team has delivered third-party verifica- tion guaranteeing our powder products are meeting REACH (toxic chemicals) and RoHS (hazardous sub- stances) requirements. Tekna is following the Responsible minerals initiative (Conflict minerals reporting) for tungsten and tantalum. Both are sourced exclusively from Conflict-Free material based on OECD due diligence and Dodd-Frank require- ments. Tekna has the declaration on conflict-free materi- al, which is made with all the information from partners in the entire supply-chain from smelters up to Tekna. Employee training A CoC training for employees has been developed inter- nally and participation in 2025 was 98%, as it is manda- tory for all Tekna employees worldwide. The training ad- dresses Human Rights including forced and child labour, right to occupational health and safety, harassment pro- tection, civility. It also explains the whistleblowing tool and protection as well as the key information on anti cor- ruption and compliance. The training duration is one hour and includes an exam of 20 multiple choice questions that must be completed with 80% score. The CoC is available in the Document Management Sys- tem "Isovision" and on the website. It is part of the intro- duction program of every employee as well as compulso- ry (re-)lecture when significant updates are done. Business Partner Code of Conduct Tekna has embedded responsible business conduct for suppliers in its Supplier Code of Conduct since 2021. It has now been updated to a Business Partner Code of Conduct (“BPCoC”), which was approved by the Board of Directors on November 5, 2024. It is available in both English and French to ensure a good understanding with our supply base. The BPCoC is available on www.Tekna.com/esg . Human rights Tekna’s Business Partners shall respect human rights, and always act in line with the rules and principles laid out in the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, including the principles and rights set out in the eight fundamental conventions identified in the Declara- tion of the International Labour Organisation on Funda- APPENDIX V: HUMAN RIGHTS AND TRANSPARENCY (CONTINUED) Sustainability Report [3]: Signing includes online acceptance on our Document Management System ISOVISION. Guidelines and routines Several guidelines and routines have been created and communicated for handling actual and potential negative consequences for basic human rights and decent work- ing conditions. For any concerns about business conduct, or advice regarding the policies and practices for responsible busi- ness conduct, the first point of contact internally is the HR department, externally it is the CFO and, alternatively the whistleblowing channel is available if the informant wishes to remain anonymous. Any interaction will be tak- en into consideration on a continuous basis. Tekna has established an Ethics and Compliance Com- mittee (“ECC”) to ensure we operate fairly across all business operations and engage to not use prohibited practices. This showcases our commitment to do busi- ness with diligence. The ECC reports to the Audit Com- mittee and consists of key executives and managers. One of its roles is to ensure adequate up-to-date guide- lines and routines are in place and properly implemented and followed. Code of Conduct Tekna has embedded responsible business conduct of its employees and officers in its Code of Conduct (“CoC”) since 2021. The CoC was updated and approved by the Board of Directors on December 15, 2023. It is available in both English and French to ensure a good understand- ing with the employees and enable them to use good judgment, and in the case of uncertainty, seek guidance. At December 31, 2025, 100% of the global employees had signed 3 the CoC. It is also compulsory for new em- ployees to read and sign the CoC as part of their onboarding.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 131 mental Principles and Rights at Work and the Internation- al Bill of Human Rights, and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. Tekna has implemented a Hu- man Rights policy, approved by its Board of Directors since November 5, 2024. Prohibition of child labour Tekna does not accept any form of child labour or that children below the lawful minimum age for admission to employment are engaged in our or our Business Part- ners’ business. If persons below the age of 18 are in- volved, Tekna demands special precautions to safeguard their health, security and rights. Persons below the age of 18 shall not perform dangerous or night-time labour, and their work shall not inflict damage on their education or development. Tekna and its Business Partners fully sup- port, and will act in accordance with, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child. Labour rights, health and safety Tekna does not accept any involuntary labour and ex- pects all its Business Partners to comply with all funda- mental labour rights and applicable laws and regulations. Business Partners shall ensure fair salaries, safe working conditions (including necessary supervision and protec- tion from fire and other dangers), the right to organize, a good workplace environment, and have in place a whis- tleblowing procedure for the reporting concerns by em- ployees. Hazardous substances and conflict resources Tekna and its Business Partners shall comply with appli- cable laws and regulations regarding the use, prohibition and restriction of hazardous substances and shall avoid the use of conflict materials, i.e., materials that originate from conflict areas and contribute to fund governments and movements which violate fundamental human rights. Discrimination and harassment Any kind of discrimination due to gender, ethnicity, na- tional origin, descent, skin colour, language, religion, sexual orientation, family situation or disability is not ac- cepted in Tekna or any of its Business Partners. All peo- ple shall at any time be treated with respect and dignity. Whistleblowing Tekna encourages transparency and Business Partners and their employees are expected to report any concerns about potential violations of the CoC and BPCoC or ap- plicable laws and regulations to the Chief Financial Of- ficer without delay. If our employees suspect any unethical conduct in breach of this Code or other policies and applicable laws, they shall immediately report this to the corporate or local HR department following the internal complaint proce- dure. The first point of contact is the HR department, but re- ports can be made to one of the people listed in the CoC, depending on the nature and content of the report. Viola- tions involving a member of the executive team should be reported directly to a Board member. If an employee reporting a violation wishes to remain anonymous, all reasonable steps will be taken to keep their identity confidential. Anyone who reports such mat- ters, in accordance with the internal complaint form, will be protected from retaliation. As such, no employee shall be discriminated or retaliated for reporting in good faith a violation of Tekna’s policies. However, any employee who intentionally has made a false claim of violation may re- ceive disciplinary actions up to and including, when ap- propriate, termination of employment. Tekna will endeavour to protect whistleblowers against retaliation. Tekna may, however, disclose information to competent authorities to the extent appropriate. In 2023, Tekna established a partnership with Whistle- blower Software, enabling us to introduce an anonymous whistleblowing platform to our valued employees and stakeholders. This collaboration marked a significant milestone in our journey towards fostering a culture of transparency, accountability, and ethical conduct. By providing a secure, anonymous and confidential channel for individuals to report concerns, we have strengthened our commitment to maintaining the highest standards of integrity within our organization. Our aim for this channel is that it will act as a constructive feedback loop within our organization and supply chain, thus helping in identi- fying, mitigating, and addressing issues. Handling requests of information Tekna has published the Routine for processing requests on information according, which solidifies our dedication to transparency by outlining a systematic approach to managing and responding to information requests. The routine follows the legal requirements of the Norwegian law and is deemed adequate and applicable to any infor- mation request on the topic. By establishing clear guide- lines for information disclosure, we aim to bolster trust among our stakeholders and contribute to a more in- formed and engaged community. Upon receipt of a written request for information Tekna will reply within three weeks. Depending on the complexi- ty of the request this will either be the answer to the questions or a request for extension of the time limit with reason of the extension and an expected completion and reply date. The contact person for questions related to this report, human rights and transparency is disclosed on the web- site (Tekna.com/esg). At publication of this report Ms. Arina van Oost can be contacted at [email protected]. Subjects for the Board The overall management of the Company is vested in the Board and the Executive Leadership Team. In accord- ance with Norwegian law, the Board of Directors is re- sponsible for, among other things, supervising the gen- eral and day-to-day management of the Company’s busi- ness, ensuring proper organization and allocation of re- sponsibilities and duties, preparing plans and budgets for its activities, ensuring that the Company’s activities, ac- counts, and assets management are subject to adequate controls and undertaking investigations necessary to perform its duties. Since 2022, the Board of Directors approves all ESG policies. Important policies publicly available: • (Employee) Code of Conduct and Ethics (2023) • Corporate Governance policy (2022) • Business Partner Code of Conduct (2024) APPENDIX V: HUMAN RIGHTS AND TRANSPARENCY (CONTINUED) Go to Tekna Whistleblowing page
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 132 I % of new suppliers that were screened using social criteria 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 0% (priority focus on risk suppliers) 10% II # of suppliers assessed for social impacts ("s.i.") 9 9 25 III n/a IV n/a V n/a 0% 0% # of suppliers with significant actual and potential negative s.i. % of KPI #III with which improvements were agreed % of KPI #III with which relationships were terminated 0% 0% 0 0 • Human Rights Policy (2024) • Routine - Transparency Act (2023) • Anti-Corruption policy (2023) • Competition law compliance policy (2023) Relevant internal policies approved by the CEO: • Donations and Sponsorships Policy • Work Harassment policy • Workers’ compensation equity system • Occupational Health & Safety policy Risk of negative consequences Risks of negative consequences resulting from our value chain are identified through a sustainability due diligence process. Performance Tekna’s first experience with supply-chain due diligence stems from its 2022/23 effort to engage with the top 25 suppliers ranked on the basis of risk of location, location of their supply-chain and or spend. We used a profes- sional tool developed for this purpose, Factlines.com, and after numerous follow-ups we managed to get 9 completed assessments. For results refer to the 2023 report. 80 per cent of Tekna’s global spend comes from suppli- ers based in the EU or NA, which we deem well- governed by legal standards. The highest risk supplier (rank 1/25), based on significance for Tekna for (titanium feedstock), spend (approx. 20 percent of total company spend), and location (China classified as a country with high risk because there is no guarantee of workers’ rights), completed the self-assessment, signed the BPCoC and was audited on site. They are well- established and a qualified supplier to major western industrial conglomerates. In 2025, we initiated a second due diligence round to identify, measure and understand the most important risks in our supply chain. We developed a methodology to select the top 25 business partners most relevant for due diligence. We are in the process of assessing 3rd party tools to increase the chances of success. We aim to cover topics such as supply chain, risk assessment, management systems, working conditions, social respon- sibility, environment, anti-corruption, and conflict miner- als. We will pay particular attention to those suppliers that disclose not having a policy against the use of child la- bour and / or forced labour in line with the UN Global Compact principle 5. Key Performance Indicators In 2025, there were no reported incidents of discrimina- tion, anti-corruption or breaches of the BPCoC or CoC. Tekna received one whistleblowing reports involving an (internal) incident of unprofessional behaviour. See table on the right for further key performance indicators. Process to remediate negative impacts To date, Tekna has not detected or been informed of any negative impact to remediate. In line with our 2024 Human Rights Policy and commitment, Tekna: • Provides an accessible complaint mechanism provided by Whistleblower Software, which ena- bles Representatives, Business partners and oth- er relevant stakeholders to raise concerns or grievances related to our activities, securely and anonymously; • Ensures that complaints are handled promptly, impartially, and according to applicable laws and regulations. Our grievance handling team con- ducts thorough investigations, taking action, and ensuring transparency throughout the remedia- tion process; • Provides or cooperates in providing prompt and appropriate remediation to address and prevent activities that have caused or contributed to ad- verse impacts and its recurrence, such as correc- tive actions, compensation, or changes to our policies. APPENDIX V: HUMAN RIGHTS AND TRANSPARENCY (CONTINUED) KPI (per year) 2025 2024 Target Measurement
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 133 Due diligence with top 25 highest-risk suppliers Roll out Employee Training on CoC and Compliance policies Human Rights Policy (PLRSE- 04) Improve the % of signatories of the updated Business Partner Code of Conduct to 50% Increase BP CoC signatories - simplify process Business Partner Code of Conduct (Employee) Code of Conduct and Ethics (PLGRH-20) Define most critical suppliers and reinitiate Due diligence on 25 most critical suppliers, ECC to track Routine - Transparency Act Improve participation in its due diligence process and act on “high risk” assessments In effect - Continue to ensure ethical provenance of potential conflict minerals, such as tungsten and tantalum. Dag Teigland Chair of the Board Claude Jean CEO Kristin Skau Åbyholm Member of the Board Lars Magnus Eldrup Fagernes Member of the Board Ann-Kari Amundsen Heier Member of the Board APPENDIX V: HUMAN RIGHTS AND TRANSPARENCY (CONTINUED) Attestation Board of Directors and CEO In accordance with the requirements of the Fighting Against Forced Labour and Child Labour in Supply Chains Act (Act), and in particular section 11 thereof, we, in the ca- pacity of Board member / CEO, attest that we have reviewed the information contained in the report as the governing body of the entities of Tekna group listed in the appen- dix. Based on our knowledge, and having exercised reasonable diligence, we attest that the information in the report is true, accurate and complete in all material respects for the purposes of the Act, for the reporting year listed within this report. Arendal, 8 April 2026 The Board of Directors and CEO of Tekna Holding ASA - we have the authority to bind Tekna group entities - This document was electronically signed. Quantifiable targets Operationalization Action plan Policies & Guidelines Measures Tekna will ensure that all new employees sign the Code of Conduct and undergo training on the most important policies, including the Code of Conduct, Human Rights policy and Anti-Corruption and Competition Law Compli- ance. Tekna will renew its efforts with its supply base to • Improve the percentage of signatories of its updated Business Partner Code of Conduct • Improve participation in its due diligence process and act on any “high risk” assessments • Ensure supplier audits include E, S, G topics and climate risk mitigation as standard in the agenda • Improve its understanding of climate-related risk and support the development of a mitigation plan. All these measures will reduce the risk of negative conse- quences and halt present activities that have negative impact.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION | ANNUAL REPORT 2025 Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information | 134 xxx Abbreviation Clarification Useful link Abbreviation Clarification Useful link AFK Arendals Fossekompani ASA Home - Arendals Fossekompani IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change IPCC — Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change AM Additive Manufacturing IR Injury Rate AMGTA Additive Manufacturer Green Trade Association Home - AMGTA IRO Impact, Opportunities and Risks CSRD AR Absentee Rate ISO International Organisation for Standardisation ISO - International Organization for Standardization BoD Board of Directors investors/governance (tekna.com) IT Information Technology BPCoC Business Partner Code of Conduct esg (tekna.com) KPI Key Performance Indicator CoC Code of Conduct LCA Life Cycle Assessment Life-cycle assessment - Wikipedia CoP Communication on Progress (Re: UN Global Compact) LDA Lost Day Rate CSR Corporate Social Responsibility LiB Lithium-ion Battery CSRD Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (EU) LTI | LTIFR Lost Time Injury Rate | Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate DMA Double Materiality Assessment CSRD NACE Nomenclature of Economic Activities eCoC employee Code of Conduct esg (tekna.com) NGO Non-Governmental Organisations ELT Executive Leadership Team NPS Net Promoter Score eNPS employee Net Promotor Score OECD The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Home page - OECD ERP Enterprise Resource Planning OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer eSAT employee Satisfaction Score OHS Occupational Health and Safety ESG Environmental, Social and Governance esg (tekna.com) R&D Research & Development ESRD European Sustainability Reporting Directive (EU) SASB Sustainability Accounting Standards Boards SASB EU taxonomy an European tool to help investors understand whether an economic activity is environmentally sustainable, and to navigate the transition EU taxonomy for sustainable activ- ities | European Commission (europa.eu) sCoC Supplier Conduct of Conduct esg (tekna.com) EY Ernst & Young SDG Sustainable Development Goals THE 17 GOALS | Sustainable Devel- opment (un.org) FTE Full-time Employees SFDR Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation (EU) GDPR General Data Protection Regulation TCFD Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclo- sures Task Force on Climate-Related Finan- cial Disclosures | TCFD) (fsb-tcfd.org) GHG Greenhouse Gas TAM Tekna Advanced Materials GRI Global Reporting Initiative GRI - Home (globalreporting.org) TPE Tekna Plasma Europe HSSE Health, Safety, Security and Environment TPS Tekna Plasma Systems HR Human Resources UN United Nations Homepage | UN Global Compact IoT Internet of Things Appendix VI ESG Abbreviations WHAT DOES IT MEAN?



Introduction Contents Financials Performance Corporate Governance Sustainability Appendix Contact Information Tekna Holding ASA Langbryggen 9 4841 Arendal Norway Headquarter: 2935 Boul. Industriel Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 2T9 Canada +1-819-820-2204 [email protected] www.tekna.com/investors [email protected] www.tekna.com/esg We encourage you to read the document on a device instead of printing it. © TEKNA HOLDING ASA | ALL RIGHTS RESERVED